SemaDecl.cpp revision 0827408865e32789e0ec4b8113a302ccdc531423
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 32#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 35#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 36// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 37#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 38#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 39#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 40#include <algorithm> 41#include <cstring> 42#include <functional> 43using namespace clang; 44using namespace sema; 45 46Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 47 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 48} 49 50/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 51/// return the declaration of that type. 52/// 53/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 54/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 55/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 56/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 57/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 58/// 59/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 60/// and then return NULL. 61ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 62 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 63 bool isClassName, 64 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 65 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 66 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 67 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 68 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 69 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 70 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 71 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 72 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 73 74 if (!LookupCtx) { 75 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 76 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 77 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 78 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 79 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 80 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 81 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 82 // 83 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 84 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 85 if (!isClassName) 86 return ParsedType(); 87 88 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 89 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 90 QualType T = 91 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 92 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 93 return ParsedType::make(T); 94 } 95 96 return ParsedType(); 97 } 98 99 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 100 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 101 return ParsedType(); 102 } 103 104 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 105 // lookup for class-names. 106 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 107 LookupOrdinaryName; 108 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 109 if (LookupCtx) { 110 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 111 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 112 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 113 // nested-name-specifier. 114 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 115 116 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 117 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 118 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 119 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 120 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 121 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 122 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 123 LookupName(Result, S); 124 } 125 } else { 126 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 127 LookupName(Result, S); 128 } 129 130 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 131 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 132 case LookupResult::NotFound: 133 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 134 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 135 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 136 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 137 return ParsedType(); 138 139 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 140 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 141 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 142 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 143 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 144 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 145 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 146 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 147 return ParsedType(); 148 } 149 150 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 151 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 152 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 153 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 154 if (!IIDecl || 155 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 156 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 157 IIDecl = *Res; 158 } 159 } 160 161 if (!IIDecl) { 162 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 163 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 164 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 165 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 166 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 167 // a type name. 168 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 169 return ParsedType(); 170 } 171 172 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 173 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 174 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 175 // perform the name lookup again. 176 break; 177 178 case LookupResult::Found: 179 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 180 break; 181 } 182 183 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 184 185 QualType T; 186 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 187 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 188 189 if (T.isNull()) 190 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 191 192 if (SS) 193 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 194 195 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 196 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 197 } else { 198 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 199 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 200 return ParsedType(); 201 } 202 203 return ParsedType::make(T); 204} 205 206/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 207/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 208/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 209/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 210/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 211DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 212 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 213 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 214 LookupName(R, S, false); 215 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 216 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 217 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 218 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 219 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 220 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 221 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 222 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 223 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 224 } 225 } 226 227 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 228} 229 230bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 231 SourceLocation IILoc, 232 Scope *S, 233 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 234 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 235 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 236 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 237 238 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 239 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 240 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 241 NotForRedeclaration); 242 243 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 244 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 245 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 246 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 247 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 248 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 249 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 250 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 251 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 252 Result->getNameAsString()); 253 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 254 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 255 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 256 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 257 Result->getNameAsString()); 258 else 259 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 260 261 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 262 << Result->getDeclName(); 263 264 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 265 return true; 266 } 267 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 268 // We corrected to a keyword. 269 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 270 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 271 << &II << Corrected; 272 return true; 273 } 274 } 275 276 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 277 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 278 UnqualifiedId Name; 279 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 280 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 281 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 282 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 283 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 284 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 285 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 286 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 287 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 288 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 289 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 290 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 291 } 292 return true; 293 } 294 } 295 296 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 297 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 298 299 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 300 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 301 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 302 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 303 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 304 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 305 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 306 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 307 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 308 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 309 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 310 } else { 311 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 312 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 313 } 314 315 return true; 316} 317 318// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 319// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 320// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 321DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 322 323 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 324 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 325 // the context we'll need to return to. 326 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 327 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 328 329 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 330 // lexical context. 331 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 332 return DC; 333 334 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 335 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 336 // class is the context we need to return to. 337 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 338 DC = RD; 339 340 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 341 // declared in. 342 return DC; 343 } 344 345 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 346 // of the class. 347 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 348 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 349 350 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 351} 352 353void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 354 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 355 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 356 CurContext = DC; 357 S->setEntity(DC); 358} 359 360void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 361 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 362 363 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 364 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 365} 366 367/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 368/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 369/// 370void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 371 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 372 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 373 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 374 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 375 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 376 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 377 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 378 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 379 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 380 // namespace. 381 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 382 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 383 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 384 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 385 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 386 387 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 388 389#ifndef NDEBUG 390 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 391 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 392 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 393#endif 394 395 CurContext = DC; 396 S->setEntity(DC); 397} 398 399void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 400 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 401 402 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 403 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 404 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 405 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 406 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 407 408 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 409 // disappear. 410} 411 412/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 413/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 414/// 415/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 416/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 417/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 418/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 419/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 420/// attribute. 421static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 422 ASTContext &Context) { 423 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 424 return true; 425 426 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 427 return true; 428 429 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 430 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 431} 432 433/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 434void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 435 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 436 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 437 // scope. 438 while (S->getEntity() && 439 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 440 S = S->getParent(); 441 442 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 443 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 444 // into any context. 445 if (AddToContext) 446 CurContext->addDecl(D); 447 448 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 449 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 450 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 451 D->isOutOfLine()) 452 return; 453 454 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 455 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 456 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 457 return; 458 459 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 460 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 461 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 462 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 463 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 464 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 465 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 466 467 // Should only need to replace one decl. 468 break; 469 } 470 } 471 472 S->AddDecl(D); 473 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 474} 475 476bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 477 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 478} 479 480Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 481 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 482 do { 483 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 484 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 485 return S; 486 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 487 488 return 0; 489} 490 491static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 492 DeclContext*, 493 ASTContext&); 494 495/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 496/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 497static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 498 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 499 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 500 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 501 while (F.hasNext()) { 502 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 503 504 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 505 continue; 506 507 if (ConsiderLinkage && 508 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 509 continue; 510 511 F.erase(); 512 } 513 514 F.done(); 515} 516 517static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 518 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 520 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 521} 522 523/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 524static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 525 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 526 while (F.hasNext()) 527 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 528 F.erase(); 529 530 F.done(); 531} 532 533/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 534/// @code 535/// class S { 536/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 538/// }; 539/// @endcode 540static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 541 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 542 // the decl here. 543 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 544 return false; 545 546 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 547 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 548 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 549 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 550 return false; 551} 552 553bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 554 assert(D); 555 556 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 557 return false; 558 559 // Ignore class templates. 560 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 561 return false; 562 563 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 564 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 565 return false; 566 567 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 568 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 569 return false; 570 } else { 571 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 572 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 573 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 574 return false; 575 } 576 577 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 578 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 579 return false; 580 581 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 582 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() || 583 VD->getType().isConstant(Context) || 584 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 585 return false; 586 587 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 588 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 589 return false; 590 591 } else { 592 return false; 593 } 594 595 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 596 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 597 return false; 598 599 return true; 600} 601 602void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 603 if (!D) 604 return; 605 606 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 607 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 608 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 609 return; // First should already be in the vector. 610 } 611 612 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 613 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 614 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 615 return; // First should already be in the vector. 616 } 617 618 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 619 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 620 } 621 622static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 623 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 624 return false; 625 626 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 627 return false; 628 629 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 630 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 631 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 632 return false; 633 634 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 635 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 636 637 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 638 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 639 640 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 641 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 642 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 643 return false; 644 } 645 646 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 647 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 648 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 649 return false; 650 651 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 652 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 653 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 654 return false; 655 656 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 657 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 658 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 659 // has no side effects. 660 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 661 return false; 662 } 663 } 664 665 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 666 } 667 668 return true; 669} 670 671void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 672 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 673 return; 674 675 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 676 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 677 << D->getDeclName(); 678 else 679 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 680 << D->getDeclName(); 681} 682 683void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 684 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 685 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 686 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 687 688 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 689 I != E; ++I) { 690 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 691 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 692 693 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 694 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 695 696 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 697 698 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 699 if (!S->hasErrorOccurred()) 700 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 701 702 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 703 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 704 } 705} 706 707/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 708/// 709/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 710/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 711/// to the fixed name. 712/// 713/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 714/// 715/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 716/// if there is no class with the given name. 717/// 718/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 719/// class could not be found. 720ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 721 SourceLocation IdLoc, 722 bool TypoCorrection) { 723 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 724 // creation from this context. 725 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 726 727 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 728 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 729 // find an Objective-C class name. 730 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 731 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 732 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 733 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 734 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 735 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 736 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 737 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 738 739 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 740 } 741 } 742 743 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 744} 745 746/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 747/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 748/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 749/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 750/// ill-formed in C++: 751/// @code 752/// struct S6 { 753/// enum { BAR } e; 754/// }; 755/// 756/// void test_S6() { 757/// struct S6 a; 758/// a.e = BAR; 759/// } 760/// @endcode 761/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 762/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 763/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 764/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 765/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 766/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 767/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 768/// contain non-field names. 769Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 770 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 771 (S->getEntity() && 772 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 773 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 774 S = S->getParent(); 775 return S; 776} 777 778/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 779/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 780/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 781/// built-in. 782NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 783 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 784 SourceLocation Loc) { 785 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 786 787 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 788 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 789 switch (Error) { 790 case ASTContext::GE_None: 791 // Okay 792 break; 793 794 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 795 if (ForRedeclaration) 796 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 797 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 798 return 0; 799 800 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 801 if (ForRedeclaration) 802 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 803 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 804 return 0; 805 } 806 807 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 808 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 809 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 810 << R; 811 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 812 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc) 813 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 814 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 815 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 816 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 817 } 818 819 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 820 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 821 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 822 SC_Extern, 823 SC_None, false, 824 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 825 New->setImplicit(); 826 827 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 828 // FunctionDecl. 829 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 830 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 831 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 832 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 833 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 834 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 835 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 836 } 837 838 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 839 840 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 841 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 842 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 843 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 844 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 845 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 846 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 847 CurContext = SavedContext; 848 return New; 849} 850 851/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 852/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 853/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 854/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 855/// 856void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 857 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 858 // merging checks. 859 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 860 861 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 862 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 863 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 864 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 865 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 866 default: break; 867 case 2: 868 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 869 break; 870 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 871 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 872 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 873 return; 874 case 5: 875 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 876 break; 877 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 878 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 879 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 880 return; 881 case 3: 882 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 883 break; 884 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 885 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 886 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 887 return; 888 case 8: 889 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 890 break; 891 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 892 return; 893 } 894 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 895 } 896 897 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 898 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 899 if (!Old) { 900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 901 << New->getDeclName(); 902 903 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 904 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 905 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 906 907 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 908 } 909 910 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 911 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 912 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 913 914 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 915 QualType OldType; 916 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 917 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 918 else 919 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 920 921 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 922 // with any extensions enabled. 923 924 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 925 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 926 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 927 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 928 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 929 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 930 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 931 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 932 } 933 934 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 935 // declaration was a typedef. 936 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 937 // spellings don't match exactly. 938 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 939 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 940 941 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 942 return; 943 944 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 945 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 946 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 947 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 948 // to the type to which it already refers. 949 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 950 return; 951 952 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 953 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 954 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 955 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 956 // 957 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 958 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 959 // 960 // struct S { 961 // typedef struct A { } A; 962 // }; 963 // 964 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 965 // allow the above but disallow 966 // 967 // struct S { 968 // typedef int I; 969 // typedef int I; 970 // }; 971 // 972 // since that was the intent of DR56. 973 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 974 return; 975 976 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 977 << New->getDeclName(); 978 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 979 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 980 } 981 982 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 983 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 984 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 985 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 986 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 987 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 988 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 989 return; 990 991 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 992 << New->getDeclName(); 993 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 994 return; 995} 996 997/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 998/// attribute. 999static bool 1000DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1001 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1002 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1003 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1004 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1005 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1006 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1007 return true; 1008 } 1009 1010 return false; 1011} 1012 1013/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1014static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1015 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1016 return; 1017 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1018 // we process them. 1019 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1020 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1021 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1022 ++i) { 1023 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1024 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1025 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1026 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1027 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1028 } 1029 } 1030} 1031 1032namespace { 1033 1034/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1035/// C. 1036struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1037 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1038 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1039 QualType PromotedType; 1040}; 1041 1042} 1043 1044/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1045Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1046 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1047 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1048 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1049 1050 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1051 } 1052 1053 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1054 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1055 1056 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1057 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1058 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1059} 1060 1061/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1062/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1063/// GNU89 mode. 1064static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1065 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1066 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1067 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1068 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1069} 1070 1071/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1072/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1073/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1074/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1075/// 1076/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1077/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1078/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1079/// merged with. 1080/// 1081/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1082bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1083 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1084 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1085 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1086 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1087 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1088 else 1089 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1090 if (!Old) { 1091 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1092 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1093 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1094 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1095 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1096 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1097 return true; 1098 } 1099 1100 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1101 << New->getDeclName(); 1102 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1103 return true; 1104 } 1105 1106 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1107 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1108 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1109 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1110 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1111 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1112 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1113 else 1114 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1115 1116 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1117 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1118 1119 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1120 // is an extern inline function. 1121 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1122 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1123 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1124 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1125 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1126 << New; 1127 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1128 return true; 1129 } 1130 1131 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1132 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1133 // calling convention of the first. 1134 // 1135 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1136 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1137 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1138 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1139 // because it is the default calling convention. 1140 // 1141 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1142 // other tests to run. 1143 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1144 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1145 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1146 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1147 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1148 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1149 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1150 New->setType(NewQType); 1151 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1152 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1153 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1154 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1155 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1156 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1157 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1158 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1159 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1160 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1161 return true; 1162 } 1163 1164 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1165 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1166 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1167 New->setType(NewQType); 1168 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1169 } 1170 1171 // Merge regparm attribute. 1172 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1173 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1174 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1175 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1176 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1177 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1178 return true; 1179 } 1180 1181 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1182 New->setType(NewQType); 1183 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1184 } 1185 1186 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1187 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1188 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1189 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1190 // cannot be overloaded. 1191 QualType OldReturnType 1192 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1193 QualType NewReturnType 1194 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1195 QualType ResQT; 1196 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1197 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1198 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1199 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1200 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1201 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1202 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1203 return true; 1204 } 1205 else 1206 NewQType = ResQT; 1207 } 1208 1209 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1210 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1211 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1212 // Preserve triviality. 1213 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1214 1215 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1216 1217 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1218 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1219 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1220 // is a static member function declaration. 1221 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1222 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1223 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1224 return true; 1225 } 1226 1227 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1228 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1229 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1230 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1231 unsigned NewDiag; 1232 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1233 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1234 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1235 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1236 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1237 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1238 else 1239 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1240 1241 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1242 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1243 1244 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1245 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1246 // 1247 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1248 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1249 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1250 if (isFriend) { 1251 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1252 } else { 1253 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1254 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1255 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1256 return true; 1257 } 1258 } 1259 } 1260 1261 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1262 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1263 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1264 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1265 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1266 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1267 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1268 1269 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1270 } 1271 1272 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1273 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1274 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1275 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1276 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1277 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1278 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1279 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1280 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1281 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1282 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1283 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1284 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1285 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1286 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1287 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1288 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 1289 New->setType(NewQType); 1290 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1291 1292 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1293 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1294 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1295 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1296 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1297 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1298 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1299 SourceLocation(), 0, 1300 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1301 SC_None, SC_None, 1302 0); 1303 Param->setImplicit(); 1304 Params.push_back(Param); 1305 } 1306 1307 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1308 } 1309 1310 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1311 } 1312 1313 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1314 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1315 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1316 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1317 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1318 // the prototype. 1319 // 1320 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1321 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1322 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1323 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1324 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1325 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1326 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1327 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1328 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1329 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1330 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1331 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1332 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1333 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1334 1335 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1336 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1337 NewProto->getResultType()); 1338 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1339 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1340 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1341 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1342 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1343 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1344 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1345 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1346 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1347 NewParm->getType(), 1348 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1349 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1350 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1351 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1352 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1353 } else 1354 LooseCompatible = false; 1355 } 1356 1357 if (LooseCompatible) { 1358 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1359 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1360 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1361 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1362 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1363 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1364 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1365 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1366 } 1367 1368 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1369 ArgTypes.size(), 1370 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 1371 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1372 } 1373 1374 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1375 } 1376 1377 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1378 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1379 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1380 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1381 // signature. 1382 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1383 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1384 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1385 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1386 // library built-in. 1387 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1388 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1389 << Old << Old->getType(); 1390 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1391 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1392 return false; 1393 } 1394 1395 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1396 } 1397 1398 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1399 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1400 return true; 1401} 1402 1403/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1404/// known to be compatible. 1405/// 1406/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1407/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1408/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1409/// redeclaration of Old. 1410/// 1411/// \returns false 1412bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1413 // Merge the attributes 1414 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1415 1416 // Merge the storage class. 1417 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1418 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1419 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1420 1421 // Merge "pure" flag. 1422 if (Old->isPure()) 1423 New->setPure(); 1424 1425 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1426 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1427 New->setDeleted(); 1428 1429 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1430 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1431 1432 return false; 1433} 1434 1435/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1436/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1437/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1438/// 1439/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1440/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1441/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1442/// 1443void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1444 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1445 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1446 return; 1447 1448 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1449 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1450 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1451 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1452 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1453 << New->getDeclName(); 1454 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1455 diag::note_previous_definition); 1456 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1457 } 1458 1459 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1460 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1461 // 1462 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1463 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1464 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1465 << New->getIdentifier(); 1466 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1467 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1468 } 1469 1470 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1471 1472 // Merge the types 1473 QualType MergedT; 1474 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1475 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1476 MergedT = New->getType(); 1477 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1478 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1479 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1480 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1481 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1482 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1483 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1484 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1485 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1486 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1487 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1488 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1489 MergedT = New->getType(); 1490 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1491 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1492 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1493 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1494 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1495 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1496 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1497 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1498 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1499 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1500 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1501 } 1502 } else { 1503 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1504 } 1505 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1506 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1507 << New->getDeclName(); 1508 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1509 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1510 } 1511 New->setType(MergedT); 1512 1513 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1514 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1515 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1516 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1517 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1518 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1519 } 1520 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1521 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1522 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1523 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1524 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1525 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1526 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1527 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1528 // identifier has external linkage. 1529 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1530 /* Okay */; 1531 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1532 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1533 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1534 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1535 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1536 } 1537 1538 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1539 1540 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1541 // need to check for mismatches. 1542 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1543 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1544 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1545 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1546 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1547 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1548 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1549 } 1550 1551 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1552 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1553 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1554 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1555 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1556 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1557 } 1558 1559 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1560 const VarDecl *Def; 1561 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1562 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1563 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1565 << New->getDeclName(); 1566 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1567 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1568 return; 1569 } 1570 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1571 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1572 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1573 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1574 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1575 // specified at the prior declaration. 1576 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1577 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1578 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1579 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1580 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1581 1582 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1583 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1584 1585 // Inherit access appropriately. 1586 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1587} 1588 1589/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1590/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1591Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1592 DeclSpec &DS) { 1593 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1594 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1595 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1596 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1597 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1598 Decl *TagD = 0; 1599 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1600 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1601 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1602 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1603 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1604 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1605 1606 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1607 return 0; 1608 1609 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1610 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1611 // it's a Type. 1612 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1613 } 1614 1615 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1616 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1617 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1618 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1619 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1620 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1621 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1622 } 1623 1624 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1625 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 1626 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 1627 if (TagD && !Tag) 1628 return 0; 1629 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1630 } 1631 1632 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1633 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1634 1635 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1636 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1637 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1638 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1639 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1640 1641 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1642 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1643 } 1644 } 1645 1646 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct. 1647 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1648 CurContext->isRecord() && 1649 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 1650 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 1651 // struct STRUCT; 1652 // and 1653 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 1654 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 1655 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isDefinition()) || 1656 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 1657 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 1658 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 1659 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1660 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 1661 } 1662 } 1663 1664 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1665 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1666 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1667 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1668 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1669 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1670 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1671 1672 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1673 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1674 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1675 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1676 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1677 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1678 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1679 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1680 return Tag; 1681 } 1682 1683 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1684 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1685 } 1686 1687 return TagD; 1688} 1689 1690/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1691/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1692StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1693 StmtResult R; 1694 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1695 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1696 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1697 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1698 do 1699 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1700 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1701 } 1702 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1703 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1704 } 1705 } 1706 return R; 1707} 1708 1709/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1710/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1711/// 1712/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1713static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1714 Scope *S, 1715 DeclContext *Owner, 1716 DeclarationName Name, 1717 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1718 unsigned diagnostic) { 1719 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1720 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1721 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1722 1723 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1724 return false; 1725 1726 // Pick a representative declaration. 1727 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1728 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1729 1730 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1731 return false; 1732 1733 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1734 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1735 1736 return true; 1737} 1738 1739/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1740/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1741/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1742/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1743/// struct, e.g., 1744/// 1745/// @code 1746/// union { 1747/// int i; 1748/// float f; 1749/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1750/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1751/// @endcode 1752/// 1753/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1754/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1755static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1756 DeclContext *Owner, 1757 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1758 AccessSpecifier AS, 1759 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining, 1760 bool MSAnonStruct) { 1761 unsigned diagKind 1762 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1763 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1764 1765 bool Invalid = false; 1766 1767 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 1768 for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(), 1769 DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end(); 1770 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1771 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) && 1772 cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) { 1773 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D); 1774 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 1775 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1776 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1777 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1778 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1779 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1780 Invalid = true; 1781 } else { 1782 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1783 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1784 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1785 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1786 // anonymous union is declared. 1787 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 1788 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 1789 for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(), 1790 PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) 1791 Chaining.push_back(*PI); 1792 else 1793 Chaining.push_back(VD); 1794 1795 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 1796 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 1797 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 1798 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 1799 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 1800 1801 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 1802 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 1803 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 1804 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 1805 1806 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1807 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 1808 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 1809 1810 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1811 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 1812 1813 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 1814 } 1815 } 1816 } 1817 1818 return Invalid; 1819} 1820 1821/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1822/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1823/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1824static StorageClass 1825StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1826 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1827 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1828 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1829 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1830 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1831 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1832 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1833 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1834 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1835 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1836 } 1837 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1838} 1839 1840/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1841/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1842/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1843static StorageClass 1844StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1845 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1846 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1847 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1848 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1849 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1850 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1851 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1852 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1853 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1854 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1855 } 1856 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1857} 1858 1859/// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1860/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1861/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1862/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1863Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1864 AccessSpecifier AS, 1865 RecordDecl *Record) { 1866 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1867 1868 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1869 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1870 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1871 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1872 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1873 1874 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1875 // structs/unions. 1876 bool Invalid = false; 1877 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1878 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1879 unsigned DiagID; 1880 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1881 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1882 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1883 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1884 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1885 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1886 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1887 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1888 Invalid = true; 1889 1890 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1891 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1892 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1893 } 1894 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1895 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1896 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1897 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1898 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1899 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1900 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1901 Invalid = true; 1902 1903 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1904 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1905 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1906 } 1907 1908 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1909 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1910 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1911 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1912 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1913 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1914 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1915 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1916 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1917 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1918 // members (clause 11). 1919 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1920 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1921 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1922 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1923 Invalid = true; 1924 } 1925 1926 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1927 Invalid = true; 1928 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1929 // Any implicit members are fine. 1930 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1931 // This is a type that showed up in an 1932 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1933 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1934 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1935 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1936 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1937 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1938 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1939 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1940 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1941 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1942 else { 1943 // This is a nested type declaration. 1944 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1945 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1946 Invalid = true; 1947 } 1948 } 1949 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1950 // Any access specifier is fine. 1951 } else { 1952 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1953 // member. Complain about it. 1954 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1955 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1956 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1957 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1958 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1959 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1960 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1961 1962 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1963 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1964 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1965 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1966 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1967 else { 1968 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1969 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1970 Invalid = true; 1971 } 1972 } 1973 } 1974 } 1975 1976 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1977 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1978 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1979 Invalid = true; 1980 } 1981 1982 // Mock up a declarator. 1983 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1984 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1985 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1986 1987 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1988 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1989 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1990 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1991 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1992 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1993 TInfo, 1994 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 1995 Anon->setAccess(AS); 1996 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1997 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 1998 } else { 1999 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 2000 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2001 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2002 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2003 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2004 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2005 // an error here 2006 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2007 Invalid = true; 2008 SC = SC_None; 2009 } 2010 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2011 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2012 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2013 2014 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 2015 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2016 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2017 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2018 } 2019 Anon->setImplicit(); 2020 2021 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2022 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2023 // its members. 2024 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2025 2026 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2027 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2028 // purposes. 2029 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2030 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2031 2032 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 2033 Chain, false)) 2034 Invalid = true; 2035 2036 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2037 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2038 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2039 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2040 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2041 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2042 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2043 2044 if (Invalid) 2045 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2046 2047 return Anon; 2048} 2049 2050/// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 2051/// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 2052/// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 2053/// Example: 2054/// 2055/// struct A { int a; }; 2056/// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 2057/// 2058/// void foo() { 2059/// B var; 2060/// var.a = 3; 2061/// } 2062/// 2063Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 2064 RecordDecl *Record) { 2065 2066 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 2067 if (!Record) 2068 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 2069 2070 // Mock up a declarator. 2071 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 2072 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 2073 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 2074 2075 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 2076 NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 2077 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 2078 DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2079 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2080 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2081 TInfo, 2082 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 2083 Anon->setImplicit(); 2084 2085 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 2086 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 2087 2088 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 2089 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2090 // purposes. 2091 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 2092 Chain.push_back(Anon); 2093 2094 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 2095 Record->getDefinition(), 2096 AS_none, Chain, true)) 2097 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2098 2099 return Anon; 2100} 2101 2102/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2103/// given Declarator. 2104DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2105 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2106} 2107 2108/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2109DeclarationNameInfo 2110Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2111 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2112 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2113 2114 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2115 2116 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2117 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2118 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2119 return NameInfo; 2120 2121 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2122 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2123 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2124 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2125 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2126 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2127 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2128 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2129 return NameInfo; 2130 2131 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2132 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2133 Name.Identifier)); 2134 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2135 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2136 return NameInfo; 2137 2138 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2139 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2140 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2141 if (Ty.isNull()) 2142 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2143 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2144 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2145 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2146 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2147 return NameInfo; 2148 } 2149 2150 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2151 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2152 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2153 if (Ty.isNull()) 2154 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2155 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2156 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2157 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2158 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2159 return NameInfo; 2160 } 2161 2162 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2163 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2164 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2165 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2166 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2167 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2168 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2169 2170 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2171 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2172 2173 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2174 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2175 // was qualified. 2176 2177 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2178 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2179 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2180 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2181 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2182 return NameInfo; 2183 } 2184 2185 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2186 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2187 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2188 if (Ty.isNull()) 2189 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2190 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2191 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2192 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2193 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2194 return NameInfo; 2195 } 2196 2197 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2198 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2199 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2200 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2201 } 2202 2203 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2204 2205 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2206 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2207} 2208 2209/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2210/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2211/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2212/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2213/// the class or namespace. 2214static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2215 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2216 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2217 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2218 return false; 2219 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2220 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2221 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2222 2223 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2224 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2225 return false; 2226 } 2227 2228 return true; 2229} 2230 2231/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2232/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2233/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2234/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2235/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2236static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2237 DeclarationName Name) { 2238 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2239 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2240 // - types which will become injected class names 2241 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2242 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2243 // few cases here. 2244 2245 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2246 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2247 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2248 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2249 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2250 // Grab the type from the parser. 2251 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2252 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2253 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2254 2255 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2256 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2257 // attached already. 2258 if (!TSI) 2259 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2260 2261 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2262 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2263 if (!TSI) return true; 2264 2265 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2266 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2267 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2268 break; 2269 } 2270 2271 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2272 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2273 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2274 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2275 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2276 break; 2277 } 2278 2279 default: 2280 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2281 break; 2282 } 2283 2284 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2285 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2286 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2287 2288 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2289 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2290 // pointer. 2291 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2292 continue; 2293 2294 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2295 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2296 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2297 return true; 2298 } 2299 2300 return false; 2301} 2302 2303Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2304 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2305} 2306 2307Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2308 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2309 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2310 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2311 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2312 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2313 2314 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2315 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2316 if (!Name) { 2317 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2318 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2319 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2320 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2321 return 0; 2322 } 2323 2324 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2325 // we find one that is. 2326 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2327 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2328 S = S->getParent(); 2329 2330 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2331 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2332 D.setInvalidType(); 2333 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2334 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2335 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2336 if (!DC) { 2337 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2338 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2339 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2340 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2341 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2342 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2343 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2344 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2345 return 0; 2346 } 2347 2348 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2349 2350 if (!IsDependentContext && 2351 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2352 return 0; 2353 2354 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2355 if (!cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2356 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2357 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2358 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2359 D.setInvalidType(); 2360 } else if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext) && 2361 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 2362 // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier inside a class 2363 // definition: 2364 // 2365 // class X { 2366 // void X::f(); 2367 // }; 2368 if (CurContext->Equals(DC)) 2369 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_member_extra_qualification) 2370 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange()); 2371 else 2372 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_qualification) 2373 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2374 2375 // Pretend that this qualifier was not here. 2376 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 2377 } 2378 } 2379 2380 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2381 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2382 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2383 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2384 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2385 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2386 D.setInvalidType(); 2387 } 2388 } 2389 2390 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 2391 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 2392 // name different from T: 2393 // - every static data member of class T; 2394 // - every member function of class T 2395 // - every member of class T that is itself a type; 2396 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 2397 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 2398 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) 2399 << Name; 2400 2401 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 2402 // Just return early; it's safer. 2403 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2404 return 0; 2405 } 2406 2407 NamedDecl *New; 2408 2409 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2410 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2411 2412 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 2413 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 2414 D.setInvalidType(); 2415 2416 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2417 ForRedeclaration); 2418 2419 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2420 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2421 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2422 2423 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2424 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2425 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2426 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2427 /* Do nothing*/; 2428 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2429 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2430 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2431 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2432 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2433 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2434 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2435 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2436 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2437 2438 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2439 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2440 2441 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2442 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2443 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2444 2445 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2446 // out-of-line members. 2447 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2448 2449 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2450 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2451 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2452 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2453 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2454 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2455 // declarations namespace. 2456 // 2457 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2458 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2459 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2460 // 2461 // class X { 2462 // void f(); 2463 // void f(float); 2464 // }; 2465 // 2466 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2467 // 2468 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2469 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2470 // matches. 2471 2472 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2473 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2474 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2475 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2476 } else { 2477 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2478 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2479 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2480 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2481 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2482 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2483 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2484 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2485 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2486 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2487 else 2488 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2489 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2490 D.setInvalidType(); 2491 } 2492 } 2493 } 2494 2495 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2496 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2497 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2498 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2499 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2500 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2501 D.setInvalidType(); 2502 2503 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2504 Previous.clear(); 2505 } 2506 2507 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2508 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2509 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2510 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2511 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2512 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2513 Previous.clear(); 2514 2515 bool Redeclaration = false; 2516 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2517 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2518 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2519 return 0; 2520 } 2521 2522 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2523 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2524 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2525 move(TemplateParamLists), 2526 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2527 } else { 2528 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2529 move(TemplateParamLists), 2530 Redeclaration); 2531 } 2532 2533 if (New == 0) 2534 return 0; 2535 2536 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2537 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2538 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2539 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2540 2541 return New; 2542} 2543 2544/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2545/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2546/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2547static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2548 ASTContext &Context, 2549 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2550 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2551 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2552 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2553 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2554 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2555 SizeIsNegative = false; 2556 Oversized = 0; 2557 2558 if (T->isDependentType()) 2559 return QualType(); 2560 2561 QualifierCollector Qs; 2562 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2563 2564 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2565 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2566 QualType FixedType = 2567 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2568 Oversized); 2569 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2570 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2571 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2572 } 2573 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 2574 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 2575 QualType FixedType = 2576 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2577 Oversized); 2578 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2579 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 2580 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 2581 } 2582 2583 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2584 if (!VLATy) 2585 return QualType(); 2586 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2587 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2588 return QualType(); 2589 2590 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2591 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2592 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2593 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2594 return QualType(); 2595 2596 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2597 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2598 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2599 SizeIsNegative = true; 2600 return QualType(); 2601 } 2602 2603 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2604 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2605 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2606 Res); 2607 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2608 Oversized = Res; 2609 return QualType(); 2610 } 2611 2612 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2613 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2614} 2615 2616/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2617/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2618void 2619Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2620 const LookupResult &Previous, 2621 Scope *S) { 2622 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2623 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2624 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2625 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2626 2627 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2628 return; 2629 2630 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2631 2632 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2633 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2634 // declaration. 2635 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2636 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2637 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2638 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2639 S = S->getParent(); 2640 2641 if (S) 2642 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2643 } 2644} 2645 2646/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2647/// does not identify a function. 2648void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2649 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2650 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2651 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2652 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2653 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2654 2655 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2656 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2657 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2658 2659 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2660 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2661 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2662} 2663 2664NamedDecl* 2665Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2666 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2667 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2668 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2669 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2670 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2671 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2672 D.setInvalidType(); 2673 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2674 DC = CurContext; 2675 Previous.clear(); 2676 } 2677 2678 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2679 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2680 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2681 } 2682 2683 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2684 2685 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2686 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2687 2688 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2689 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2690 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2691 return 0; 2692 } 2693 2694 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2695 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2696 2697 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2698 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2699 2700 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2701 // then it shall have block scope. 2702 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2703 // that redeclarations will match. 2704 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2705 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2706 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2707 2708 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2709 bool SizeIsNegative; 2710 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2711 QualType FixedTy = 2712 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2713 Oversized); 2714 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2715 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2716 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2717 } else { 2718 if (SizeIsNegative) 2719 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2720 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2721 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2722 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2723 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2724 << Oversized.toString(10); 2725 else 2726 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2727 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2728 } 2729 } 2730 } 2731 2732 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2733 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2734 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2735 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2736 Redeclaration = true; 2737 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2738 } 2739 2740 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2741 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2742 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2743 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2744 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2745 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2746 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2747 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2748 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2749 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2750 else if (II->isStr("__builtin_va_list")) 2751 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(NewTD)); 2752 } 2753 2754 return NewTD; 2755} 2756 2757/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2758/// previous declaration. 2759/// 2760/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2761/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2762/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2763/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2764/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2765/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2766/// 2767/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2768/// lookup 2769/// 2770/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2771/// declared. 2772/// 2773/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2774/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2775static bool 2776isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2777 ASTContext &Context) { 2778 if (!PrevDecl) 2779 return false; 2780 2781 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2782 return false; 2783 2784 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2785 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2786 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2787 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2788 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2789 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2790 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2791 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2792 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2793 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2794 return false; 2795 2796 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2797 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2798 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2799 return false; 2800 2801 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2802 // previous declarations. 2803 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2804 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2805 2806 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2807 // isn't the same function. 2808 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2809 return false; 2810 } 2811 2812 return true; 2813} 2814 2815static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2816 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2817 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2818 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2819 SS.getRange()); 2820} 2821 2822NamedDecl* 2823Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 2824 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2825 LookupResult &Previous, 2826 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2827 bool &Redeclaration) { 2828 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2829 2830 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2831 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2832 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2833 2834 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2835 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2836 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2837 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2838 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2839 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2840 // an error here 2841 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2842 D.setInvalidType(); 2843 SC = SC_None; 2844 } 2845 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2846 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2847 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2848 2849 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2850 if (!II) { 2851 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2852 << Name.getAsString(); 2853 return 0; 2854 } 2855 2856 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2857 2858 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2859 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2860 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2861 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2862 2863 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2864 // is a GNU extension. 2865 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2866 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2867 else 2868 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2869 D.setInvalidType(); 2870 } 2871 } 2872 2873 bool isExplicitSpecialization; 2874 VarDecl *NewVD; 2875 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2876 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2877 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2878 2879 if (D.isInvalidType()) 2880 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2881 } else { 2882 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2883 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2884 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2885 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2886 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2887 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2888 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2889 SC = SC_Static; 2890 } 2891 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2892 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2893 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2894 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2895 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2896 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2897 2898 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 2899 // the program is ill-formed. 2900 // 2901 // We also disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 2902 if (CurContext->isRecord() && (RD->isUnion() || !RD->getDeclName())) 2903 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2904 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_union_or_anon_struct) 2905 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 2906 } 2907 } 2908 2909 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2910 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2911 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2912 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2913 bool Invalid = false; 2914 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2915 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2916 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2917 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2918 TemplateParamLists.get(), 2919 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2920 /*never a friend*/ false, 2921 isExplicitSpecialization, 2922 Invalid)) { 2923 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2924 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2925 2926 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2927 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2928 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2929 << II 2930 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2931 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2932 return 0; 2933 } else { 2934 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2935 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2936 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2937 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2938 << II 2939 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2940 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2941 2942 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2943 } 2944 } 2945 2946 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2947 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2948 2949 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2950 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2951 2952 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2953 2954 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2955 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2956 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2957 TemplateParamLists.release()); 2958 } 2959 } 2960 2961 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2962 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2963 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2964 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2965 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2966 else 2967 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2968 } 2969 2970 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2971 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2972 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2973 2974 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2975 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2976 2977 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2978 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 2979 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2980 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2981 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2982 Context, SE->getString())); 2983 } 2984 2985 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2986 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2987 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2988 2989 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2990 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2991 // declaration has linkage). 2992 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2993 2994 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2995 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2996 else { 2997 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 2998 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2999 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 3000 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 3001 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3002 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 3003 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3004 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 3005 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3006 Previous.clear(); 3007 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3008 } 3009 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3010 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 3011 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 3012 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 3013 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3014 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3015 } 3016 3017 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 3018 3019 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 3020 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 3021 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 3022 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3023 // For variables declared as __block which require copy construction, 3024 // must capture copy initialization expression here. 3025 if (!NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3026 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3027 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isReferenceType() && 3028 T->getAs<RecordType>() && !T->isUnionType()) { 3029 Expr *E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(NewVD, T, 3030 VK_LValue, SourceLocation()); 3031 ExprResult Res = PerformCopyInitialization( 3032 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(NewVD->getLocation(), 3033 T, false), 3034 SourceLocation(), 3035 Owned(E)); 3036 if (!Res.isInvalid()) { 3037 Res = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Res); 3038 Expr *Init = Res.takeAs<Expr>(); 3039 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(NewVD, Init); 3040 } 3041 } 3042 } 3043 } 3044 3045 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3046 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 3047 // here. 3048 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3049 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3050 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 3051 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 3052 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3053 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3054 } 3055 } 3056 3057 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 3058 // such variables. 3059 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 3060 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3061 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 3062 3063 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3064 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 3065 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3066 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 3067 3068 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 3069 3070 return NewVD; 3071} 3072 3073/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 3074/// -Wshadow. 3075/// 3076/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 3077/// scope. 3078/// 3079/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 3080/// \param R the lookup of the name 3081/// 3082void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 3083 // Return if warning is ignored. 3084 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) == 3085 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3086 return; 3087 3088 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 3089 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 3090 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 3091 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 3092 return; 3093 3094 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 3095 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 3096 return; 3097 3098 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 3099 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3100 return; 3101 3102 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 3103 3104 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 3105 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 3106 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 3107 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 3108 return; 3109 3110 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 3111 // static data members from base classes? 3112 3113 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 3114 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 3115 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 3116 } 3117 3118 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 3119 unsigned Kind; 3120 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 3121 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 3122 Kind = 3; // field 3123 else 3124 Kind = 2; // static data member 3125 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 3126 Kind = 1; // global 3127 else 3128 Kind = 0; // local 3129 3130 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 3131 3132 // Emit warning and note. 3133 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 3134 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3135} 3136 3137/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 3138void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 3139 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) == 3140 Diagnostic::Ignored) 3141 return; 3142 3143 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 3144 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3145 LookupName(R, S); 3146 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 3147} 3148 3149/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 3150/// declaration. 3151/// 3152/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 3153/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 3154/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 3155/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 3156/// that have been instantiated from a template. 3157/// 3158/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 3159void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 3160 LookupResult &Previous, 3161 bool &Redeclaration) { 3162 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 3163 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 3164 return; 3165 3166 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 3167 3168 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 3169 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 3170 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3171 } 3172 3173 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3174 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3175 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3176 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3177 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 3178 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3179 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3180 } 3181 3182 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3183 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3184 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3185 3186 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3187 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3188 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3189 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3190 3191 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3192 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3193 bool SizeIsNegative; 3194 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3195 QualType FixedTy = 3196 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3197 Oversized); 3198 3199 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3200 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3201 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3202 // int a[10][n]; 3203 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3204 3205 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3206 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3207 << SizeRange; 3208 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3209 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3210 << SizeRange; 3211 else 3212 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3213 << SizeRange; 3214 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3215 } 3216 3217 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3218 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3219 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3220 else 3221 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3222 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3223 } 3224 3225 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3226 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3227 } 3228 3229 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3230 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3231 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3232 // declaration with the same name. 3233 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3234 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3235 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3236 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3237 } 3238 3239 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3240 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3241 << T; 3242 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3243 } 3244 3245 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3246 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3247 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3248 } 3249 3250 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3251 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3252 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3253 } 3254 3255 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3256 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3257 QualType Pointee; 3258 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3259 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3260 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3261 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3262 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3263 PtrOrRef = 1; 3264 } 3265 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3266 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3267 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3268 << PtrOrRef; 3269 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3270 } 3271 3272 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3273 Redeclaration = true; 3274 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3275 } 3276} 3277 3278/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3279struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3280 Sema *S; 3281 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3282}; 3283 3284/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3285/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3286/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3287static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3288 CXXBasePath &Path, 3289 void *UserData) { 3290 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3291 3292 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3293 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3294 3295 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3296 3297 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3298 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3299 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3300 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3301 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3302 3303 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3304 } 3305 3306 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3307 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3308 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3309 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3310 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3311 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3312 return true; 3313 } 3314 } 3315 3316 return false; 3317} 3318 3319/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3320/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3321bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3322 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3323 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3324 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3325 Data.Method = MD; 3326 Data.S = this; 3327 bool AddedAny = false; 3328 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3329 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3330 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3331 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3332 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3333 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3334 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) { 3335 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3336 AddedAny = true; 3337 } 3338 } 3339 } 3340 } 3341 3342 return AddedAny; 3343} 3344 3345static void DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD) { 3346 LookupResult Prev(S, NewFD->getDeclName(), NewFD->getLocation(), 3347 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3348 S.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewFD->getDeclContext()); 3349 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3350 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3351 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3352 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3353 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3354 isNearlyMatchingFunction(S.Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3355 S.Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3356 } 3357} 3358 3359/// CheckClassMemberNameAttributes - Check for class member name checking 3360/// attributes according to [dcl.attr.override] 3361static void 3362CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(Sema& SemaRef, const FunctionDecl *FD) { 3363 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 3364 if (!MD || !MD->isVirtual()) 3365 return; 3366 3367 bool HasOverrideAttr = MD->hasAttr<OverrideAttr>(); 3368 bool HasOverriddenMethods = 3369 MD->begin_overridden_methods() != MD->end_overridden_methods(); 3370 3371 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p2: 3372 /// If a virtual member function f is marked override and does not override 3373 /// a member function of a base class the program is ill-formed. 3374 if (HasOverrideAttr && !HasOverriddenMethods) { 3375 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::err_override_function_not_overriding) 3376 << MD->getDeclName(); 3377 return; 3378 } 3379 3380 if (!MD->getParent()->hasAttr<BaseCheckAttr>()) 3381 return; 3382 3383 /// C++ [dcl.attr.override]p6: 3384 /// In a class definition marked base_check, if a virtual member function 3385 /// that is neither implicitly-declared nor a destructor overrides a 3386 /// member function of a base class and it is not marked override, the 3387 /// program is ill-formed. 3388 if (HasOverriddenMethods && !HasOverrideAttr && !MD->isImplicit() && 3389 !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 3390 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> 3391 OverriddenMethods(MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 3392 MD->end_overridden_methods()); 3393 3394 SemaRef.Diag(MD->getLocation(), 3395 diag::err_function_overriding_without_override) 3396 << MD->getDeclName() << (unsigned)OverriddenMethods.size(); 3397 3398 for (unsigned I = 0; I != OverriddenMethods.size(); ++I) 3399 SemaRef.Diag(OverriddenMethods[I]->getLocation(), 3400 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 3401 } 3402} 3403 3404NamedDecl* 3405Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3406 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3407 LookupResult &Previous, 3408 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3409 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3410 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3411 3412 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3413 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3414 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3415 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3416 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3417 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3418 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3419 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3420 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3421 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3422 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3423 D.setInvalidType(); 3424 break; 3425 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3426 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3427 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3428 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3429 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3430 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3431 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3432 // other than extern 3433 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3434 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3435 diag::err_static_block_func); 3436 SC = SC_None; 3437 } else 3438 SC = SC_Static; 3439 break; 3440 } 3441 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3442 } 3443 3444 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3445 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3446 3447 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3448 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3449 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3450 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3451 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3452 D.setInvalidType(); 3453 } 3454 3455 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3456 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3457 bool isFriend = false; 3458 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3459 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3460 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3461 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3462 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3463 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3464 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = 0; 3465 3466 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3467 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3468 // prototype. This true when: 3469 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3470 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3471 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3472 bool HasPrototype = 3473 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 3474 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3475 3476 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3477 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3478 HasPrototype); 3479 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3480 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3481 3482 // Set the lexical context. 3483 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3484 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3485 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3486 } else { 3487 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3488 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3489 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3490 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3491 3492 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3493 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3494 // the class has been completely parsed. 3495 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3496 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3497 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3498 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3499 AbstractReturnType)) 3500 D.setInvalidType(); 3501 3502 3503 if (isFriend) { 3504 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3505 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3506 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3507 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3508 } 3509 3510 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3511 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3512 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3513 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3514 3515 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3516 3517 // Create the new declaration 3518 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3519 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3520 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3521 isExplicit, isInline, 3522 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3523 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3524 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3525 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3526 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3527 3528 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3529 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3530 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3531 isInline, 3532 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3533 isVirtualOkay = true; 3534 } else { 3535 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3536 3537 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3538 // code path. 3539 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3540 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3541 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3542 D.setInvalidType(); 3543 } 3544 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3545 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3546 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3547 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3548 return 0; 3549 } 3550 3551 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3552 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3553 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3554 isInline, isExplicit); 3555 3556 isVirtualOkay = true; 3557 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3558 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3559 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3560 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3561 // constructor if it has no return type). 3562 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3563 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3564 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3565 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3566 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3567 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3568 return 0; 3569 } 3570 3571 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3572 3573 // [class.free]p1: 3574 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3575 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3576 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3577 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3578 isStatic = true; 3579 3580 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3581 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3582 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3583 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3584 isStatic = true; 3585 3586 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3587 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3588 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3589 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3590 3591 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3592 } else { 3593 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3594 // prototype. This true when: 3595 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3596 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3597 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3598 true/*HasPrototype*/); 3599 } 3600 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3601 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3602 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3603 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3604 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3605 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3606 3607 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3608 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3609 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3610 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3611 3612 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3613 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3614 bool Invalid = false; 3615 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3616 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3617 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3618 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3619 TemplateParamLists.get(), 3620 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3621 isFriend, 3622 isExplicitSpecialization, 3623 Invalid)) { 3624 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3625 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3626 3627 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3628 // This is a function template 3629 3630 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3631 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3632 return 0; 3633 3634 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3635 NewFD->getLocation(), 3636 Name, TemplateParams, 3637 NewFD); 3638 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3639 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3640 } else { 3641 // This is a function template specialization. 3642 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3643 3644 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3645 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3646 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3647 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3648 3649 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3650 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3651 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3652 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3653 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3654 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3655 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3656 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3657 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3658 } 3659 3660 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3661 << Name << RemoveRange 3662 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3663 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3664 } 3665 } 3666 } 3667 3668 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3669 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3670 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3671 TemplateParamLists.release()); 3672 } 3673 3674 if (Invalid) { 3675 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3676 if (FunctionTemplate) 3677 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3678 } 3679 3680 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3681 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3682 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3683 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3684 // 3685 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3686 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3687 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3688 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3689 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3690 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3691 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3692 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3693 } else { 3694 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3695 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 3696 } 3697 } 3698 3699 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3700 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3701 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3702 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3703 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3704 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3705 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3706 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3707 } 3708 } 3709 3710 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3711 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3712 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3713 // and 12.3.2. 3714 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3715 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3716 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3717 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3718 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3719 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3720 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3721 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3722 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3723 // or conversion function. 3724 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3725 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3726 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3727 } 3728 } 3729 3730 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3731 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3732 3733 if (isFriend) { 3734 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3735 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3736 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3737 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3738 } 3739 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3740 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3741 } 3742 3743 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && IsFunctionDefinition) { 3744 // A method is implicitly inline if it's defined in its class 3745 // definition. 3746 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 3747 } 3748 3749 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3750 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3751 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3752 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3753 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3754 // the class. 3755 3756 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3757 // member function definition. 3758 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3759 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3760 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3761 } 3762 } 3763 3764 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3765 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3766 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3767 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3768 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3769 SE->getString())); 3770 } 3771 3772 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3773 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3774 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3775 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 3776 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 3777 3778 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3779 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3780 // single void argument. 3781 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3782 // already checks for that case. 3783 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3784 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3785 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3786 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3787 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3788 3789 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3790 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3792 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3793 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3794 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3795 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3796 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3797 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3798 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3799 Params.push_back(Param); 3800 3801 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3802 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3803 } 3804 } 3805 3806 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3807 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3808 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3809 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3810 // 3811 // @code 3812 // typedef void fn(int); 3813 // fn f; 3814 // @endcode 3815 3816 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3817 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3818 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3819 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3820 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3821 Params.push_back(Param); 3822 } 3823 } else { 3824 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3825 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3826 } 3827 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3828 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3829 3830 bool OverloadableAttrRequired=false; // FIXME: HACK! 3831 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3832 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3833 bool isExplctSpecialization=false; 3834 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplctSpecialization, 3835 Redeclaration, 3836 /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3837 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3838 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3839 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3840 } else { 3841 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3842 // argument list into our AST format. 3843 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3844 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3845 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3846 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3847 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3848 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3849 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3850 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3851 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3852 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3853 TemplateArgs); 3854 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3855 3856 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3857 3858 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3859 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3860 // arguments. 3861 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3862 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3863 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3864 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3865 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3866 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3867 // too few of them). 3868 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3869 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3870 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3871 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3872 "template<> "); 3873 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3874 } else { 3875 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3876 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3877 } 3878 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3879 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3880 // wrote something like: 3881 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3882 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3883 // friend void foo<>(int); 3884 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3885 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3886 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3887 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3888 } 3889 3890 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3891 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3892 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3893 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3894 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3895 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3896 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3897 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3898 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3899 Previous)) 3900 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3901 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3902 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3903 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3904 Previous)) 3905 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3906 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3907 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3908 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3909 } 3910 3911 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3912 bool flag_c_overloaded=false; // unused for c++ 3913 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3914 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/flag_c_overloaded); 3915 3916 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3917 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3918 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3919 3920 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3921 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3922 : NewFD); 3923 3924 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3925 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3926 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3927 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3928 3929 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3930 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3931 3932 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3933 } 3934 3935 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3936 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3937 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3938 3939 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3940 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3941 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3942 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3943 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3944 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3945 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3946 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3947 } 3948 3949 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3950 // Ignore all the rest of this. 3951 } else if (!Redeclaration) { 3952 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3953 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3954 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3955 3956 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 3957 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3958 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 3959 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 3960 3961 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 3962 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 3963 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 3964 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 3965 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 3966 // can actually do this check immediately. 3967 if (isFriend && 3968 (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 3969 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 3970 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3971 // ignore these 3972 } else { 3973 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3974 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3975 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3976 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3977 // 3978 // class X { 3979 // void f() const; 3980 // }; 3981 // 3982 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3983 // 3984 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3985 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3986 // whether the parameter types are references). 3987 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3988 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3989 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3990 3991 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 3992 } 3993 3994 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 3995 // to something. 3996 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 3997 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_matching_local_friend); 3998 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3999 DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, NewFD); 4000 } 4001 4002 } else if (!IsFunctionDefinition && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 4003 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 4004 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 4005 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 4006 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4007 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 4008 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 4009 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 4010 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 4011 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 4012 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4013 } 4014 } 4015 4016 4017 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 4018 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 4019 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 4020 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 4021 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 4022 4023 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 4024 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 4025 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 4026 const FunctionDecl *Def; 4027 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4028 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 4029 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 4030 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4031 } 4032 } 4033 4034 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 4035 4036 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 4037 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 4038 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 4039 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 4040 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 4041 if (!Previous.empty()) 4042 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 4043 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 4044 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 4045 } 4046 4047 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 4048 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4049 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 4050 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 4051 << NewFD; 4052 4053 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 4054 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4055 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 4056 EPI.Variadic = true; 4057 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 4058 4059 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 0, 0, EPI); 4060 NewFD->setType(R); 4061 } 4062 4063 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 4064 // member, set the visibility of this function. 4065 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 4066 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 4067 4068 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 4069 // map of such names. 4070 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 4071 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4072 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 4073 4074 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 4075 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 4076 4077 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4078 if (FunctionTemplate) { 4079 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 4080 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 4081 return FunctionTemplate; 4082 } 4083 CheckClassMemberNameAttributes(*this, NewFD); 4084 } 4085 4086 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 4087 return NewFD; 4088} 4089 4090/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 4091/// 4092/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 4093/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 4094/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 4095/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 4096/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 4097/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 4098/// via InstantiateDecl). 4099/// 4100/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 4101/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 4102/// 4103/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 4104void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 4105 LookupResult &Previous, 4106 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 4107 bool &Redeclaration, 4108 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 4109 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 4110 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4111 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 4112 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 4113 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 4114 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 4115 4116 return; 4117 } 4118 4119 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4120 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 4121 // because all functions have linkage. 4122 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 4123 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4124 } 4125 4126 if (NewFD->isMain()) 4127 CheckMain(NewFD); 4128 4129 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 4130 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 4131 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 4132 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 4133 // declaration with the same name. 4134 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4135 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 4136 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 4137 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 4138 } 4139 4140 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 4141 // the same name, if appropriate. 4142 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4143 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 4144 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 4145 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 4146 // function to the scope. 4147 4148 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 4149 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 4150 Redeclaration = true; 4151 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 4152 } else { 4153 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4154 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 4155 4156 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 4157 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 4158 case Ovl_Match: 4159 Redeclaration = true; 4160 break; 4161 4162 case Ovl_NonFunction: 4163 Redeclaration = true; 4164 break; 4165 4166 case Ovl_Overload: 4167 Redeclaration = false; 4168 break; 4169 } 4170 } 4171 4172 if (Redeclaration) { 4173 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 4174 // merged. 4175 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 4176 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4177 4178 Previous.clear(); 4179 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 4180 4181 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 4182 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 4183 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 4184 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 4185 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 4186 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 4187 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 4188 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 4189 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4190 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 4191 } 4192 4193 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 4194 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 4195 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 4196 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 4197 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 4198 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 4199 } 4200 } else { 4201 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 4202 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 4203 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 4204 } 4205 } 4206 } 4207 4208 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 4209 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4210 // C++-specific checks. 4211 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4212 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 4213 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 4214 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 4215 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 4216 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 4217 4218 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 4219 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 4220 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 4221 DeclarationName Name 4222 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4223 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 4224 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 4225 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 4226 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4227 } 4228 } 4229 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 4230 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 4231 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 4232 } 4233 4234 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 4235 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 4236 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 4237 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4238 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 4239 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 4240 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4241 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_overrides_virtual) 4242 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 4243 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator 4244 Overridden = Method->begin_overridden_methods(), 4245 OverriddenEnd = Method->end_overridden_methods(); 4246 Overridden != OverriddenEnd; 4247 ++Overridden) { 4248 Diag((*Overridden)->getLocation(), 4249 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 4250 } 4251 } 4252 } 4253 } 4254 } 4255 4256 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 4257 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 4258 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4259 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4260 4261 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 4262 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 4263 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 4264 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 4265 4266 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 4267 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 4268 // during delayed parsing anyway. 4269 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 4270 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 4271 } 4272} 4273 4274void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 4275 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 4276 // or static is ill-formed. 4277 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 4278 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 4279 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 4280 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 4281 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 4282 if (isInline || isStatic) { 4283 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 4284 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4285 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 4286 4287 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 4288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 4289 } 4290 4291 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4292 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4293 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4294 4295 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4296 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4297 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens(); 4298 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4299 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4300 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4301 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4302 "int"); 4303 } 4304 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4305 } 4306 4307 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4308 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4309 4310 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4311 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4312 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4313 4314 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4315 4316 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4317 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4318 // getting shifty. 4319 if (nparams == 4 && 4320 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4321 HasExtraParameters = false; 4322 4323 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4324 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4325 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4326 nparams = 3; 4327 } 4328 4329 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4330 // if we had some location information about types. 4331 4332 QualType CharPP = 4333 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4334 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4335 4336 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4337 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4338 4339 bool mismatch = true; 4340 4341 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4342 mismatch = false; 4343 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4344 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4345 // char const ** 4346 // char const * const * 4347 // char * const * 4348 4349 QualifierCollector qs; 4350 const PointerType* PT; 4351 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4352 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4353 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4354 qs.removeConst(); 4355 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4356 } 4357 } 4358 4359 if (mismatch) { 4360 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4361 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4362 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4363 } 4364 } 4365 4366 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4367 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4368 } 4369 4370 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 4371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl); 4372 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4373 } 4374} 4375 4376bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4377 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4378 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4379 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4380 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4381 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4382 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4383 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4384 // rules there don't matter.) 4385 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4386 return false; 4387 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4388 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4389 return true; 4390} 4391 4392void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4393 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4394} 4395 4396/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4397/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4398/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4399void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4400 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4401 // the initializer. 4402 if (RealDecl == 0) 4403 return; 4404 4405 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4406 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4407 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4408 // Thus this grotesque test. 4409 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4410 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4411 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4412 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4413 else { 4414 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4415 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4416 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4417 } 4418 return; 4419 } 4420 4421 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4422 if (!VDecl) { 4423 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4424 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4425 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4426 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4427 else 4428 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4429 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4430 return; 4431 } 4432 4433 4434 4435 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4436 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4437 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4438 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4439 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4440 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4441 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4442 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4443 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4444 return; 4445 } 4446 4447 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4448 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4449 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4450 AbstractVariableType)) 4451 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4452 4453 const VarDecl *Def; 4454 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4455 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4456 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4457 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4458 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4459 return; 4460 } 4461 4462 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4463 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4464 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4465 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4466 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4467 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4468 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4469 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4470 // 4471 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4472 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4473 // declaration with an initializer. 4474 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4475 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4476 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4477 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4478 return; 4479 } 4480 4481 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4482 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4483 4484 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4485 // initialization. 4486 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4487 4488 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4489 InitializationKind Kind 4490 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4491 Init->getLocStart(), 4492 Init->getLocEnd()) 4493 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4494 Init->getLocStart()); 4495 4496 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4497 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4498 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4499 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 4500 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4501 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4502 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4503 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4504 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4505 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4506 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4507 &DclT); 4508 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4509 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4510 return; 4511 } 4512 4513 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4514 4515 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4516 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4517 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4518 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4519 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4520 } 4521 } 4522 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4523 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4524 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4525 // 4526 // struct S { 4527 // static const int value = 17; 4528 // }; 4529 4530 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4531 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4532 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4533 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4534 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4535 &DclT); 4536 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4537 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4538 return; 4539 } 4540 4541 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4542 } 4543 4544 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4545 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4546 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4547 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4548 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4549 4550 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4551 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4552 4553 // Require constness. 4554 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4555 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4556 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4557 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4558 4559 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4560 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4561 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4562 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4563 llvm::APSInt Value; 4564 SourceLocation Loc; 4565 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4566 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4567 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4568 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4569 } 4570 } 4571 4572 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4573 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4574 // implement fully. 4575 } else { 4576 bool Allowed = false; 4577 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4578 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4579 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4580 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4581 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4582 Allowed = true; 4583 } 4584 4585 if (!Allowed) { 4586 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4587 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4588 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4589 4590 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4591 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4592 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4593 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4594 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4595 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4596 } 4597 } 4598 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4599 if (VDecl->getStorageClassAsWritten() == SC_Extern && 4600 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4601 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4602 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4603 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4604 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4605 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4606 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4607 &DclT); 4608 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4609 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4610 return; 4611 } 4612 4613 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4614 } 4615 4616 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4617 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4618 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4619 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4620 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4621 } 4622 } 4623 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4624 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4625 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4626 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4627 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4628 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4629 Init->setType(DclT); 4630 } 4631 4632 4633 // If this variable is a local declaration with record type, make sure it 4634 // doesn't have a flexible member initialization. We only support this as a 4635 // global/static definition. 4636 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4637 if (const RecordType *RT = VDecl->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 4638 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 4639 // Check whether the initializer tries to initialize the flexible 4640 // array member itself to anything other than an empty initializer list. 4641 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) { 4642 unsigned Index = std::distance(RT->getDecl()->field_begin(), 4643 RT->getDecl()->field_end()) - 1; 4644 if (Index < ILE->getNumInits() && 4645 !(isa<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index)) && 4646 cast<InitListExpr>(ILE->getInit(Index))->getNumInits() == 0)) { 4647 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_flexible_variable); 4648 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4649 } 4650 } 4651 } 4652 4653 // Check any implicit conversions within the expression. 4654 CheckImplicitConversions(Init, VDecl->getLocation()); 4655 4656 Init = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init); 4657 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4658 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4659 4660 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4661 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4662 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4663 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4664 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4665 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4666 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4667 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4668 4669 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4670 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4671 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4672 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4673 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4674 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4675 } 4676 4677 return; 4678} 4679 4680/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4681/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4682/// of sanity. 4683void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4684 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4685 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4686 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4687 4688 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4689 if (!VD) return; 4690 4691 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4692 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4693 4694 // Require a complete type. 4695 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4696 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4697 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4698 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4699 return; 4700 } 4701 4702 // Require an abstract type. 4703 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4704 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4705 AbstractVariableType)) { 4706 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4707 return; 4708 } 4709 4710 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4711 // though. 4712} 4713 4714void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4715 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4716 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4717 if (RealDecl == 0) 4718 return; 4719 4720 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4721 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4722 4723 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4724 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4725 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4726 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4727 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4728 return; 4729 } 4730 4731 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4732 case VarDecl::Definition: 4733 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4734 break; 4735 4736 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4737 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4738 // a declaration. 4739 // 4740 // Fall through 4741 4742 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4743 // It's only a declaration. 4744 4745 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4746 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4747 // object shall be complete. 4748 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 4749 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4750 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4751 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4752 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4753 4754 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4755 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4756 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4757 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4758 AbstractVariableType)) 4759 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4760 return; 4761 4762 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4763 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4764 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4765 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4766 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4767 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4768 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4769 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4770 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4771 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4772 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4773 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4774 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4775 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4776 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4777 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4778 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4779 // NOTE: code such as the following 4780 // static struct s; 4781 // struct s { int a; }; 4782 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4783 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4784 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4785 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4786 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4787 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4788 } 4789 } 4790 4791 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4792 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4793 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4794 return; 4795 } 4796 4797 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4798 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4799 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4800 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4801 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4802 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4803 return; 4804 } 4805 4806 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4807 // definitions with reference type. 4808 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4809 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4810 << Var->getDeclName() 4811 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4812 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4813 return; 4814 } 4815 4816 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4817 // variable with dependent type. 4818 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4819 return; 4820 4821 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4822 return; 4823 4824 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4825 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4826 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4827 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4828 return; 4829 } 4830 4831 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4832 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4833 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4834 AbstractVariableType)) { 4835 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4836 return; 4837 } 4838 4839 const RecordType *Record 4840 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4841 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4842 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4843 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4844 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4845 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4846 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4847 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4848 // type shall have a user-declared default 4849 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4850 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4851 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4852 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4853 // program is ill-formed. 4854 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4855 } else { 4856 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4857 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4858 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4859 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4860 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4861 4862 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4863 InitializationKind Kind 4864 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4865 4866 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4867 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4868 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4869 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4870 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4871 else if (Init.get()) { 4872 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 4873 4874 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4875 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4876 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4877 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4878 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4879 } 4880 } 4881 4882 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4883 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4884 } 4885} 4886 4887Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4888Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4889 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4890 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4891 4892 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4893 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4894 4895 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4896 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4897 Decls.push_back(D); 4898 4899 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4900 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4901} 4902 4903 4904/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4905/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4906Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4907 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4908 4909 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4910 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4911 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4912 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4913 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4914 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4915 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4916 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4917 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4918 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4919 } 4920 4921 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4922 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4923 4924 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4925 4926 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4927 // parameter (C++ only). 4928 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4929 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4930 4931 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4932 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4933 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4934 4935 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4936 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4937 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4938 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4939 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4940 } 4941 4942 // Ensure we have a valid name 4943 IdentifierInfo *II = 0; 4944 if (D.hasName()) { 4945 II = D.getIdentifier(); 4946 if (!II) { 4947 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 4948 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString(); 4949 D.setInvalidType(true); 4950 } 4951 } 4952 4953 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4954 if (II) { 4955 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4956 ForRedeclaration); 4957 LookupName(R, S); 4958 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4959 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4960 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4961 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4962 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4963 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4964 PrevDecl = 0; 4965 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4966 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4967 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4968 4969 // Recover by removing the name 4970 II = 0; 4971 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4972 D.setInvalidType(true); 4973 } 4974 } 4975 } 4976 4977 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4978 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4979 // looking like class members in C++. 4980 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4981 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4982 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4983 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4984 4985 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4986 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4987 4988 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4989 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4990 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4991 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4992 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4993 } 4994 4995 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4996 S->AddDecl(New); 4997 if (II) 4998 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4999 5000 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 5001 5002 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 5003 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 5004 } 5005 return New; 5006} 5007 5008/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 5009/// typedef. 5010ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 5011 SourceLocation Loc, 5012 QualType T) { 5013 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 5014 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 5015 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 5016 Param->setImplicit(); 5017 return Param; 5018} 5019 5020void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5021 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 5022 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 5023 // will already have done so in the template itself. 5024 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 5025 return; 5026 5027 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5028 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 5029 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 5030 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 5031 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 5032 } 5033 } 5034} 5035 5036void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 5037 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 5038 QualType ReturnTy, 5039 NamedDecl *D) { 5040 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 5041 return; 5042 5043 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5044 // threshold. 5045 if (ReturnTy->isPODType()) { 5046 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 5047 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5048 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 5049 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 5050 } 5051 5052 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 5053 // threshold. 5054 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 5055 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 5056 if (!T->isPODType()) 5057 continue; 5058 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 5059 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 5060 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 5061 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 5062 } 5063} 5064 5065ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 5066 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 5067 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5068 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5069 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 5070 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 5071 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 5072 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 5073 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 5074 0); 5075 5076 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 5077 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 5078 // the class has been completely parsed. 5079 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 5080 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 5081 AbstractParamType)) 5082 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5083 5084 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 5085 // passed by reference. 5086 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5087 Diag(NameLoc, 5088 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 5089 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5090 } 5091 5092 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 5093 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 5094 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 5095 // an address space. 5096 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5097 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 5098 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5099 } 5100 5101 return New; 5102} 5103 5104void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 5105 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 5106 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 5107 5108 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 5109 // for a K&R function. 5110 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 5111 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 5112 --i; 5113 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 5114 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 5115 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 5116 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 5117 << ";\n"; 5118 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 5119 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 5120 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 5121 5122 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 5123 // type. 5124 DeclSpec DS; 5125 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 5126 unsigned DiagID; // unused 5127 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 5128 PrevSpec, DiagID); 5129 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 5130 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 5131 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 5132 } 5133 } 5134 } 5135} 5136 5137Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 5138 Declarator &D) { 5139 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 5140 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 5141 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 5142 5143 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 5144 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 5145 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 5146 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 5147} 5148 5149static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5150 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 5151 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5152 return false; 5153 5154 // Or declarations that aren't global. 5155 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 5156 return false; 5157 5158 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 5159 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 5160 return false; 5161 5162 // Don't warn about 'main'. 5163 if (FD->isMain()) 5164 return false; 5165 5166 // Don't warn about inline functions. 5167 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 5168 return false; 5169 5170 // Don't warn about function templates. 5171 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 5172 return false; 5173 5174 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 5175 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5176 return false; 5177 5178 bool MissingPrototype = true; 5179 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 5180 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 5181 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 5182 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 5183 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5184 continue; 5185 5186 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 5187 break; 5188 } 5189 5190 return MissingPrototype; 5191} 5192 5193Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 5194 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 5195 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 5196 5197 if (!D) 5198 return D; 5199 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5200 5201 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 5202 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5203 else 5204 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 5205 5206 // Enter a new function scope 5207 PushFunctionScope(); 5208 5209 // See if this is a redefinition. 5210 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 5211 // was an extern inline function. 5212 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 5213 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 5214 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 5215 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 5216 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 5217 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 5218 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 5219 else 5220 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 5221 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5222 } 5223 5224 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 5225 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5226 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 5227 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 5228 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5229 } 5230 } 5231 5232 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 5233 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 5234 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 5235 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 5236 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 5237 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 5238 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 5239 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5240 5241 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 5242 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 5243 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 5244 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 5245 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 5246 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 5247 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 5248 5249 if (FnBodyScope) 5250 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 5251 5252 // Check the validity of our function parameters 5253 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5254 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 5255 5256 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 5257 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 5258 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 5259 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 5260 5261 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5262 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 5263 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 5264 5265 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 5266 } 5267 } 5268 5269 // Checking attributes of current function definition 5270 // dllimport attribute. 5271 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5272 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 5273 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 5274 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 5275 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5276 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 5277 << "dllimport"; 5278 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 5279 return FD; 5280 } 5281 5282 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 5283 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 5284 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 5285 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 5286 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 5287 // emitted. 5288 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 5289 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5290 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 5291 } 5292 } 5293 return FD; 5294} 5295 5296/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 5297/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 5298/// optimization. 5299/// 5300/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 5301/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 5302/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 5303/// use the named return value optimization. 5304/// 5305/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 5306/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 5307/// the NRVO variable. 5308/// 5309/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 5310/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 5311/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 5312static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 5313 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 5314 5315 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 5316 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 5317 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5318 return; 5319 5320 if (!NRVOCandidate) 5321 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 5322 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 5323 return; 5324 } 5325 5326 if (NRVOCandidate) 5327 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 5328} 5329 5330Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 5331 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 5332} 5333 5334Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 5335 bool IsInstantiation) { 5336 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 5337 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 5338 if (FunTmpl) 5339 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 5340 else 5341 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5342 5343 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5344 5345 if (FD) { 5346 FD->setBody(Body); 5347 if (FD->isMain()) { 5348 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5349 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5350 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5351 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5352 } 5353 5354 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5355 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5356 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 5357 FD->getResultType(), FD); 5358 5359 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5360 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5361 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5362 5363 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5364 } 5365 5366 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5367 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5368 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5369 MD->setBody(Body); 5370 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5371 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5372 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5373 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 5374 MD->getResultType(), MD); 5375 } 5376 } else { 5377 return 0; 5378 } 5379 5380 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5381 5382 // Check goto/label use. 5383 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5384 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5385 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5386 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5387 5388 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5389 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5390 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5391 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5392 if (!L->isUsed()) 5393 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5394 continue; 5395 } 5396 5397 // Emit error. 5398 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5399 5400 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5401 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5402 // formed. 5403 if (Body == 0) { 5404 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5405 continue; 5406 } 5407 5408 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5409 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5410 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5411 // label in it. 5412 5413 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5414 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5415 5416 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5417 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5418 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5419 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5420 Compound->body_end()); 5421 Elements.push_back(L); 5422 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5423 } 5424 5425 if (Body) { 5426 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5427 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5428 // Verify this. 5429 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5430 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5431 5432 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5433 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5434 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5435 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5436 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5437 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5438 5439 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5440 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5441 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5442 5443 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5444 Destructor->getParent()); 5445 } 5446 5447 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5448 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5449 // deletion in some later function. 5450 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5451 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5452 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5453 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5454 // enabled. 5455 QualType ResultType; 5456 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5457 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5458 } else { 5459 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5460 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5461 } 5462 } 5463 5464 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5465 } 5466 5467 if (!IsInstantiation) 5468 PopDeclContext(); 5469 5470 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5471 5472 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5473 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5474 // deletion in some later function. 5475 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5476 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5477 5478 return dcl; 5479} 5480 5481/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5482/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5483NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5484 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5485 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5486 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5487 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5488 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5489 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5490 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5491 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5492 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5493 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5494 return Pos->second; 5495 } 5496 5497 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5498 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5499 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5500 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5501 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5502 else 5503 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5504 5505 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5506 const char *Dummy; 5507 DeclSpec DS; 5508 unsigned DiagID; 5509 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5510 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5511 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5512 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5513 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5514 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5515 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5516 SourceLocation()); 5517 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5518 5519 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5520 5521 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5522 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5523 5524 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5525 FD->setImplicit(); 5526 5527 CurContext = PrevDC; 5528 5529 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5530 5531 return FD; 5532} 5533 5534/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5535/// the declaration of this function. 5536/// 5537/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5538/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5539/// like NSLog or printf. 5540void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5541 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5542 return; 5543 5544 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5545 // actual attributes. 5546 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5547 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5548 unsigned FormatIdx; 5549 bool HasVAListArg; 5550 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5551 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5552 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5553 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5554 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5555 } 5556 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5557 HasVAListArg)) { 5558 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5559 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5560 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5561 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5562 } 5563 5564 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5565 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5566 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5567 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5568 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5569 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5570 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5571 } 5572 5573 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5574 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5575 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5576 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5577 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5578 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5579 } 5580 5581 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5582 if (!Name) 5583 return; 5584 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5585 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5586 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5587 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5588 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5589 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5590 // about. 5591 } else 5592 return; 5593 5594 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5595 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5596 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5597 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5598 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5599 } else 5600 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5601 "printf", 1, 5602 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5603 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5604 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5605 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5606 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5607 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5608 "printf", 2, 5609 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5610 } 5611} 5612 5613TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5614 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5615 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5616 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5617 5618 if (!TInfo) { 5619 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5620 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5621 } 5622 5623 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5624 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5625 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5626 D.getIdentifier(), 5627 TInfo); 5628 5629 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5630 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5631 5632 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5633 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5634 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5635 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5636 } 5637 5638 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5639 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5640 return NewTD; 5641} 5642 5643 5644/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5645/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5646/// 5647/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5648bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5649 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5650 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5651 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5652 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5653 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5654 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5655 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5656 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5657 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5658 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5659 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5660 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5661 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5662 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5663 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5664 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5665 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5666 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5667 return true; 5668 5669 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5670 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5671 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5672 bool isTemplate = false; 5673 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5674 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5675 5676 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5677 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5678 << isTemplate << &Name 5679 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5680 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5681 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5682 return true; 5683 } 5684 return false; 5685} 5686 5687/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5688/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5689/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5690/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5691Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5692 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5693 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5694 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5695 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5696 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 5697 bool ScopedEnum, bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 5698 TypeResult UnderlyingType) { 5699 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5700 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5701 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5702 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 5703 5704 OwnedDecl = false; 5705 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5706 5707 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5708 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5709 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5710 bool Invalid = false; 5711 5712 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 5713 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 5714 // for non-C++ cases. 5715 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists || 5716 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 5717 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5718 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5719 TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5720 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5721 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5722 isExplicitSpecialization, 5723 Invalid)) { 5724 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5725 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5726 5727 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5728 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5729 // be a member of another template). 5730 if (Invalid) 5731 return 0; 5732 5733 OwnedDecl = false; 5734 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5735 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5736 TemplateParams, 5737 AS); 5738 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5739 return Result.get(); 5740 } else { 5741 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5742 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5743 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5744 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5745 } 5746 } 5747 } 5748 5749 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 5750 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 5751 // redeclaration. 5752 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 5753 5754 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5755 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 5756 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 5757 // type, default to int. 5758 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5759 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 5760 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 5761 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 5762 TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0; 5763 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 5764 EnumUnderlying = TI; 5765 5766 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 5767 5768 if (!T->isDependentType() && !T->isIntegralType(Context)) { 5769 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) 5770 << T; 5771 // Recover by falling back to int. 5772 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5773 } 5774 } else if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5775 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 5776 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 5777 } 5778 5779 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5780 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5781 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5782 5783 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5784 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5785 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5786 5787 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5788 5789 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5790 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5791 5792 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5793 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5794 Name = 0; 5795 goto CreateNewDecl; 5796 } 5797 5798 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5799 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5800 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5801 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5802 if (!DC) { 5803 IsDependent = true; 5804 return 0; 5805 } 5806 } else { 5807 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5808 if (!DC) { 5809 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5810 << SS.getRange(); 5811 return 0; 5812 } 5813 } 5814 5815 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5816 return 0; 5817 5818 SearchDC = DC; 5819 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5820 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5821 5822 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5823 return 0; 5824 5825 if (Previous.empty()) { 5826 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5827 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5828 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5829 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5830 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5831 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 5832 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 5833 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5834 IsDependent = true; 5835 return 0; 5836 } 5837 5838 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5839 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5840 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5841 Name = 0; 5842 Invalid = true; 5843 goto CreateNewDecl; 5844 } 5845 } else if (Name) { 5846 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5847 // declaration or definition. 5848 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5849 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5850 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5851 LookupName(Previous, S); 5852 5853 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5854 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5855 return 0; 5856 5857 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5858 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5859 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5860 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5861 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5862 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5863 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5864 } 5865 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5866 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5867 // initial context to the translation unit. 5868 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5869 } 5870 5871 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5872 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5873 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5874 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5875 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5876 Previous.clear(); 5877 } 5878 5879 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5880 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5881 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5882 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5883 5884 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5885 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5886 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5887 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5888 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5889 } 5890 } 5891 5892 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5893 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5894 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5895 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5896 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5897 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5898 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5899 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5900 5901 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5902 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5903 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5904 // 5905 // class-key identifier 5906 // 5907 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5908 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5909 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5910 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5911 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5912 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5913 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5914 // declaration. 5915 // 5916 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5917 // C structs and unions. 5918 // 5919 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5920 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5921 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5922 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5923 // 5924 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5925 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5926 // 5927 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5928 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5929 // lexical context, 5930 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5931 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5932 5933 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5934 while (S->isClassScope() || 5935 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5936 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5937 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5938 (S->getEntity() && 5939 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5940 S = S->getParent(); 5941 } else { 5942 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5943 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5944 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5945 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5946 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5947 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5948 } 5949 5950 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5951 // diagnose some problems. 5952 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5953 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5954 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5955 } 5956 } 5957 5958 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5959 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5960 5961 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5962 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5963 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5964 // in C++. 5965 // 5966 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5967 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5968 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5969 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5970 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5971 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5972 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5973 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5974 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5975 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 5976 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 5977 PrevDecl = Tag; 5978 Previous.clear(); 5979 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5980 Previous.resolveKind(); 5981 } 5982 } 5983 } 5984 } 5985 5986 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5987 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5988 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5989 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5990 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5991 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5992 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5993 // struct or something similar. 5994 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5995 bool SafeToContinue 5996 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 5997 Kind != TTK_Enum); 5998 if (SafeToContinue) 5999 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 6000 << Name 6001 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 6002 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 6003 else 6004 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 6005 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6006 6007 if (SafeToContinue) 6008 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 6009 else { 6010 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 6011 Name = 0; 6012 Previous.clear(); 6013 Invalid = true; 6014 } 6015 } 6016 6017 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 6018 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 6019 6020 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 6021 // returning the previous declaration. 6022 if (ScopedEnum != PrevEnum->isScoped()) { 6023 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 6024 << PrevEnum->isScoped(); 6025 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6026 return PrevTagDecl; 6027 } 6028 else if (EnumUnderlying && PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6029 QualType T; 6030 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6031 T = TI->getType(); 6032 else 6033 T = QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0); 6034 6035 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, PrevEnum->getIntegerType())) { 6036 Diag(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 6037 diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 6038 << T 6039 << PrevEnum->getIntegerType(); 6040 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6041 return PrevTagDecl; 6042 } 6043 } 6044 else if (!EnumUnderlying.isNull() != PrevEnum->isFixed()) { 6045 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 6046 << PrevEnum->isFixed(); 6047 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 6048 return PrevTagDecl; 6049 } 6050 } 6051 6052 if (!Invalid) { 6053 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 6054 6055 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 6056 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 6057 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 6058 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 6059 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 6060 TUK == TUK_Friend) 6061 return PrevTagDecl; 6062 6063 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 6064 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 6065 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 6066 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 6067 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 6068 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 6069 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 6070 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 6071 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 6072 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 6073 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 6074 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6075 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 6076 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 6077 // references get the previous definition. 6078 Name = 0; 6079 Previous.clear(); 6080 Invalid = true; 6081 } 6082 } else { 6083 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 6084 // about a nested redefinition. 6085 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 6086 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 6087 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 6088 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 6089 diag::note_previous_definition); 6090 Name = 0; 6091 Previous.clear(); 6092 Invalid = true; 6093 } 6094 } 6095 6096 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 6097 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 6098 } 6099 } 6100 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 6101 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 6102 6103 } else { 6104 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 6105 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 6106 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 6107 // have distinct types. 6108 Previous.clear(); 6109 } 6110 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 6111 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 6112 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 6113 6114 6115 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 6116 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 6117 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 6118 } else { 6119 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 6120 6121 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 6122 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 6123 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 6124 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 6125 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 6126 unsigned Kind = 0; 6127 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6128 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6129 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 6130 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 6131 Invalid = true; 6132 6133 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 6134 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 6135 // do nothing 6136 6137 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 6138 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6139 unsigned Kind = 0; 6140 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 6141 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 6142 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 6143 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6144 Invalid = true; 6145 6146 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 6147 // case here. 6148 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6149 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 6150 << Name 6151 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 6152 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 6153 Invalid = true; 6154 6155 // Otherwise, diagnose. 6156 } else { 6157 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 6158 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 6159 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 6160 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6161 Name = 0; 6162 Invalid = true; 6163 } 6164 6165 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 6166 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 6167 Previous.clear(); 6168 } 6169 } 6170 6171CreateNewDecl: 6172 6173 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 6174 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 6175 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 6176 6177 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 6178 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 6179 // keyword. 6180 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 6181 6182 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 6183 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 6184 // PrevDecl. 6185 TagDecl *New; 6186 6187 bool IsForwardReference = false; 6188 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 6189 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6190 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 6191 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6192 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 6193 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 6194 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 6195 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 6196 TagDecl *Def; 6197 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 6198 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 6199 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 6200 } 6201 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 6202 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 6203 << New; 6204 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6205 } else { 6206 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 6207 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 6208 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 6209 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6210 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 6211 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 6212 6213 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 6214 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 6215 // the declaration context. 6216 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 6217 IsForwardReference = true; 6218 } 6219 } 6220 6221 if (EnumUnderlying) { 6222 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 6223 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 6224 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 6225 else 6226 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 6227 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 6228 } 6229 6230 } else { 6231 // struct/union/class 6232 6233 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 6234 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 6235 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6236 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 6237 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6238 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6239 6240 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 6241 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 6242 } else 6243 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 6244 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 6245 } 6246 6247 // Maybe add qualifier info. 6248 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 6249 if (SS.isSet()) { 6250 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 6251 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 6252 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 6253 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 6254 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6255 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 6256 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 6257 } 6258 } 6259 else 6260 Invalid = true; 6261 } 6262 6263 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 6264 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 6265 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 6266 // 6267 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 6268 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 6269 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 6270 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 6271 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 6272 // parsing of the struct). 6273 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 6274 } 6275 6276 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 6277 // check the specialization. 6278 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 6279 Invalid = true; 6280 6281 if (Invalid) 6282 New->setInvalidDecl(); 6283 6284 if (Attr) 6285 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 6286 6287 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 6288 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 6289 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6290 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 6291 6292 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 6293 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 6294 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6295 6296 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 6297 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 6298 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 6299 6300 // Set the access specifier. 6301 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 6302 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 6303 6304 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 6305 New->startDefinition(); 6306 6307 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 6308 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 6309 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 6310 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 6311 if (PrevDecl) 6312 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 6313 6314 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 6315 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6316 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 6317 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 6318 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 6319 } else if (Name) { 6320 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6321 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 6322 if (IsForwardReference) 6323 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 6324 6325 } else { 6326 CurContext->addDecl(New); 6327 } 6328 6329 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 6330 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 6331 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 6332 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 6333 II->isStr("FILE")) 6334 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 6335 6336 OwnedDecl = true; 6337 return New; 6338} 6339 6340void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6341 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6342 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6343 6344 // Enter the tag context. 6345 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 6346} 6347 6348void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6349 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 6350 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6351 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 6352 6353 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 6354 6355 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 6356 return; 6357 6358 // C++ [class]p2: 6359 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 6360 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 6361 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 6362 // as if it were a public member name. 6363 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 6364 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 6365 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 6366 Record->getIdentifier(), 6367 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 6368 /*PrevDecl=*/0, 6369 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 6370 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 6371 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 6372 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 6373 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 6374 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 6375 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 6376 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 6377 "Broken injected-class-name"); 6378} 6379 6380void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6381 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 6382 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6383 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6384 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 6385 6386 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 6387 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 6388 6389 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 6390 PopDeclContext(); 6391 6392 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 6393 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 6394} 6395 6396void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 6397 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 6398 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 6399 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 6400 6401 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 6402 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 6403 // the FieldCollector. 6404 6405 PopDeclContext(); 6406} 6407 6408// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 6409bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 6410 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 6411 bool *ZeroWidth) { 6412 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 6413 if (ZeroWidth) 6414 *ZeroWidth = true; 6415 6416 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 6417 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 6418 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 6419 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 6420 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 6421 return true; 6422 if (FieldName) 6423 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 6424 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6425 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 6426 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 6427 } 6428 6429 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 6430 // it now. 6431 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 6432 return false; 6433 6434 llvm::APSInt Value; 6435 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 6436 return true; 6437 6438 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 6439 *ZeroWidth = false; 6440 6441 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 6442 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 6443 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 6444 6445 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 6446 if (FieldName) 6447 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6448 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6449 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6450 << Value.toString(10); 6451 } 6452 6453 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6454 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6455 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6456 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6457 if (FieldName) 6458 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6459 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6460 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6461 6462 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6463 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6464 } 6465 6466 if (FieldName) 6467 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6468 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6469 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6470 else 6471 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6472 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6473 } 6474 } 6475 6476 return false; 6477} 6478 6479/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6480/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6481Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6482 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6483 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6484 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6485 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6486 AS_public); 6487 return Res; 6488} 6489 6490/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6491/// 6492FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6493 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6494 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6495 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6496 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6497 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6498 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6499 6500 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6501 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6502 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6503 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6504 6505 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6506 6507 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6508 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6509 6510 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6511 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6512 LookupName(Previous, S); 6513 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6514 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6515 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6516 6517 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6518 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6519 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6520 6521 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6522 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6523 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6524 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6525 PrevDecl = 0; 6526 } 6527 6528 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6529 PrevDecl = 0; 6530 6531 bool Mutable 6532 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6533 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6534 FieldDecl *NewFD 6535 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6536 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6537 6538 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6539 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6540 6541 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6542 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6543 // with the same name in the same scope. 6544 } else if (II) { 6545 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6546 } else 6547 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6548 6549 return NewFD; 6550} 6551 6552/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6553/// 6554/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6555/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6556/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6557/// created. 6558/// 6559/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6560/// 6561/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6562FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6563 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6564 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6565 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6566 SourceLocation TSSL, 6567 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6568 Declarator *D) { 6569 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6570 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6571 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6572 6573 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6574 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6575 if (T.isNull()) { 6576 InvalidDecl = true; 6577 T = Context.IntTy; 6578 } 6579 6580 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6581 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6582 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6583 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6584 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6585 InvalidDecl = true; 6586 } 6587 6588 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6589 // than a variably modified type. 6590 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6591 bool SizeIsNegative; 6592 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6593 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6594 SizeIsNegative, 6595 Oversized); 6596 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6597 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6598 T = FixedTy; 6599 } else { 6600 if (SizeIsNegative) 6601 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6602 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6603 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6604 << Oversized.toString(10); 6605 else 6606 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6607 InvalidDecl = true; 6608 } 6609 } 6610 6611 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6612 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6613 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6614 AbstractFieldType)) 6615 InvalidDecl = true; 6616 6617 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6618 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6619 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6620 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6621 InvalidDecl = true; 6622 BitWidth = 0; 6623 ZeroWidth = false; 6624 } 6625 6626 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6627 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6628 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6629 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6630 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6631 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6632 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6633 6634 if (DiagID) { 6635 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6636 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6637 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6638 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6639 Mutable = false; 6640 InvalidDecl = true; 6641 } 6642 } 6643 6644 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6645 BitWidth, Mutable); 6646 if (InvalidDecl) 6647 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6648 6649 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6650 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6651 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6652 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6653 } 6654 6655 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6656 if (Record->isUnion()) { 6657 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6658 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6659 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6660 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6661 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6662 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6663 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6664 // objects. 6665 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6666 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6667 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6668 } 6669 } 6670 6671 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 6672 // the program is ill-formed. 6673 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 6674 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 6675 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 6676 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6677 } 6678 } 6679 } 6680 6681 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6682 // representation, not a parser representation. 6683 if (D) 6684 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6685 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6686 6687 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6688 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6689 6690 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6691 return NewFD; 6692} 6693 6694bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6695 assert(FD); 6696 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6697 6698 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6699 return true; 6700 6701 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6702 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6703 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6704 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6705 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6706 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6707 // copy constructors. 6708 6709 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6710 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6711 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6712 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6713 member = CXXConstructor; 6714 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6715 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6716 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6717 member = CXXDestructor; 6718 6719 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6720 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6721 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6722 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6723 return true; 6724 } 6725 } 6726 } 6727 6728 return false; 6729} 6730 6731/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6732/// special member, figure out why. 6733void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6734 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6735 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6736 6737 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6738 switch (member) { 6739 case CXXInvalid: 6740 break; 6741 6742 case CXXConstructor: 6743 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6744 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6745 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6746 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6747 ci->hasBody(body); 6748 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6749 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6750 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6751 return; 6752 } 6753 } 6754 6755 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6756 return; 6757 } 6758 break; 6759 6760 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6761 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6762 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6763 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6764 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6765 return; 6766 } 6767 break; 6768 6769 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6770 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6771 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6772 // assignment, not the type. 6773 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6774 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6775 return; 6776 } 6777 break; 6778 6779 case CXXDestructor: 6780 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6781 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6782 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6783 return; 6784 } 6785 break; 6786 } 6787 6788 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6789 6790 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6791 // but not trivial destruction. 6792 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6793 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6794 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6795 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6796 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6797 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6798 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6799 return; 6800 } 6801 6802 // Check for virtual methods. 6803 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6804 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6805 ++mi) { 6806 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6807 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6808 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6809 return; 6810 } 6811 } 6812 } 6813 6814 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6815 switch (member) { 6816 case CXXConstructor: 6817 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6818 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6819 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6820 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6821 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6822 case CXXDestructor: 6823 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6824 default: 6825 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6826 } 6827 6828 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6829 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6830 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6831 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6832 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6833 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6834 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6835 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6836 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6837 return; 6838 } 6839 } 6840 6841 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6842 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6843 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6844 ++fi) { 6845 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6846 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6847 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6848 6849 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6850 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6851 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6852 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6853 return; 6854 } 6855 } 6856 } 6857 6858 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6859} 6860 6861/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6862/// AST enum value. 6863static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6864TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6865 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6866 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6867 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6868 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6869 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6870 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6871 } 6872} 6873 6874/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6875/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6876Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6877 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6878 Decl *IntfDecl, 6879 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6880 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6881 6882 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6883 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6884 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6885 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6886 6887 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6888 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6889 6890 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6891 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6892 6893 if (BitWidth) { 6894 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6895 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6896 D.setInvalidType(); 6897 BitWidth = 0; 6898 } 6899 } else { 6900 // Not a bitfield. 6901 6902 // validate II. 6903 6904 } 6905 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6906 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6907 D.setInvalidType(); 6908 } 6909 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6910 // than a variably modified type. 6911 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6912 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6913 D.setInvalidType(); 6914 } 6915 6916 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6917 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6918 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6919 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6920 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6921 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6922 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6923 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6924 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6925 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6926 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6927 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6928 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6929 } 6930 else 6931 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6932 } else { 6933 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6934 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6935 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6936 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6937 return 0; 6938 } 6939 } 6940 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6941 } 6942 6943 // Construct the decl. 6944 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6945 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6946 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6947 6948 if (II) { 6949 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6950 ForRedeclaration); 6951 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6952 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6953 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6954 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6955 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6956 } 6957 } 6958 6959 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6960 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6961 6962 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6963 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6964 6965 if (II) { 6966 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6967 // these to the interface. 6968 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6969 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6970 } 6971 6972 return NewID; 6973} 6974 6975/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6976/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6977/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6978/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6979void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6980 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6981 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6982 return; 6983 6984 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6985 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6986 6987 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6988 return; 6989 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6990 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6991 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6992 return; 6993 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6994 if (!ID) { 6995 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6996 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 6997 return; 6998 } 6999 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 7000 else 7001 return; 7002 } 7003 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 7004 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 7005 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 7006 7007 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 7008 DeclLoc, 0, 7009 Context.CharTy, 7010 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 7011 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 7012 true); 7013 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 7014} 7015 7016void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 7017 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 7018 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 7019 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 7020 AttributeList *Attr) { 7021 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 7022 7023 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 7024 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 7025 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 7026 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 7027 return; 7028 } 7029 7030 7031 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 7032 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 7033 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 7034 7035 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 7036 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 7037 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 7038 7039 // Get the type for the field. 7040 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 7041 7042 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 7043 // Remember all fields written by the user. 7044 RecFields.push_back(FD); 7045 } 7046 7047 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 7048 // diagnostics about it. 7049 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7050 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7051 continue; 7052 } 7053 7054 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 7055 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 7056 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 7057 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 7058 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 7059 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 7060 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 7061 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 7062 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 7063 // array. 7064 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 7065 // Field declared as a function. 7066 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 7067 << FD->getDeclName(); 7068 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7069 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7070 continue; 7071 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 7072 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 7073 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 7074 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 7075 // Flexible array member. 7076 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 7077 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 7078 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 7079 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7080 if (Record->isUnion()) 7081 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 7082 << FD->getDeclName(); 7083 else if (NumFields == 1) 7084 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 7085 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 7086 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 7087 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 7088 << FD->getDeclName(); 7089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7090 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7091 continue; 7092 } 7093 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 7094 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 7095 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 7096 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7097 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7098 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7099 continue; 7100 } 7101 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 7102 if (Record) 7103 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7104 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 7105 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 7106 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 7107 // Incomplete type 7108 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7109 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7110 continue; 7111 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 7112 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 7113 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 7114 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 7115 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7116 } else { 7117 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 7118 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 7119 // structures. 7120 if (i != NumFields-1) 7121 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 7122 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 7123 else { 7124 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 7125 // other structs as an extension. 7126 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 7127 << FD->getDeclName(); 7128 if (Record) 7129 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 7130 } 7131 } 7132 } 7133 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7134 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7135 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 7136 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 7137 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 7138 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7139 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 7140 continue; 7141 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 7142 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 7143 Record && 7144 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 7145 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 7146 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7147 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 7148 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 7149 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 7150 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 7151 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 7152 } 7153 // Keep track of the number of named members. 7154 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 7155 ++NumNamedMembers; 7156 } 7157 7158 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 7159 if (Record) { 7160 bool Completed = false; 7161 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 7162 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 7163 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 7164 UnresolvedSetImpl *Convs = CXXRecord->getConversionFunctions(); 7165 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Convs->begin(), E = Convs->end(); 7166 I != E; ++I) 7167 Convs->setAccess(I, (*I)->getAccess()); 7168 7169 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 7170 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 7171 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 7172 7173 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 7174 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 7175 // problem now. 7176 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 7177 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 7178 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 7179 7180 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 7181 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 7182 M != MEnd; ++M) { 7183 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 7184 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 7185 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 7186 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 7187 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 7188 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 7189 continue; 7190 7191 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 7192 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 7193 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 7194 // program is ill-formed. 7195 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 7196 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 7197 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 7198 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 7199 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 7200 OM = SO->second.begin(), 7201 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 7202 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 7203 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 7204 << (NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 7205 7206 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 7207 } 7208 } 7209 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 7210 Completed = true; 7211 } 7212 } 7213 } 7214 } 7215 7216 if (!Completed) 7217 Record->completeDefinition(); 7218 } else { 7219 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 7220 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 7221 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7222 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7223 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 7224 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7225 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 7226 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7227 } 7228 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 7229 // duplicates. 7230 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 7231 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 7232 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 7233 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7234 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 7235 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 7236 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 7237 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 7238 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 7239 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 7240 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 7241 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 7242 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 7243 // reported as errors elsewhere. 7244 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 7245 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 7246 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 7247 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 7248 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 7249 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 7250 } 7251 } 7252 } 7253 7254 if (Attr) 7255 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 7256 7257 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 7258 // set the visibility of this record. 7259 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 7260 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 7261} 7262 7263/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 7264/// the given type T. 7265static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 7266 llvm::APSInt &Value, 7267 QualType T) { 7268 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7269 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 7270 7271 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 7272 if (T->isSignedIntegerType()) 7273 --BitWidth; 7274 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 7275 } 7276 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 7277} 7278 7279// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 7280// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 7281static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 7282 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 7283 // enum checking below. 7284 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 7285 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 7286 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7287 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 7288 }; 7289 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 7290 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 7291 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 7292 }; 7293 7294 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 7295 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 7296 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 7297 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 7298 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 7299 return Types[I]; 7300 7301 return QualType(); 7302} 7303 7304EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 7305 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 7306 SourceLocation IdLoc, 7307 IdentifierInfo *Id, 7308 Expr *Val) { 7309 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7310 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 7311 QualType EltTy; 7312 if (Val) { 7313 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 7314 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7315 else { 7316 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 7317 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 7318 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 7319 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 7320 Val = 0; 7321 } else { 7322 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 7323 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 7324 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 7325 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 7326 // representable as an int. 7327 7328 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 7329 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 7330 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7331 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 7332 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 7333 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 7334 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 7335 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7336 } 7337 } 7338 7339 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7340 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7341 7342 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7343 // ... if the initializing value of an enumerator cannot be 7344 // represented by the underlying type, the program is ill-formed. 7345 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7346 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 7347 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 7348 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7349 } else 7350 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) 7351 << EltTy; 7352 } else 7353 ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast); 7354 } 7355 else { 7356 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7357 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7358 // is the type of its initializing value: 7359 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 7360 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 7361 EltTy = Val->getType(); 7362 } 7363 } 7364 } 7365 } 7366 7367 if (!Val) { 7368 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 7369 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 7370 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 7371 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7372 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7373 // is the type of its initializing value: 7374 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 7375 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 7376 // 7377 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 7378 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 7379 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7380 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7381 } 7382 else { 7383 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 7384 } 7385 } else { 7386 // Assign the last value + 1. 7387 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7388 ++EnumVal; 7389 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 7390 7391 // Check for overflow on increment. 7392 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 7393 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 7394 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 7395 // is the type of its initializing value: 7396 // 7397 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 7398 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 7399 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 7400 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 7401 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 7402 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 7403 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 7404 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 7405 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 7406 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 7407 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7408 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 7409 ++EnumVal; 7410 if (Enum->isFixed()) 7411 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 7412 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 7413 << EnumVal.toString(10) 7414 << EltTy; 7415 else 7416 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 7417 << EnumVal.toString(10); 7418 } else { 7419 EltTy = T; 7420 } 7421 7422 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 7423 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 7424 // value, then increment. 7425 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 7426 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7427 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7428 ++EnumVal; 7429 7430 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 7431 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 7432 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 7433 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 7434 // integral type. 7435 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 7436 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 7437 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7438 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 7439 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 7440 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 7441 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 7442 } 7443 } 7444 } 7445 7446 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 7447 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 7448 // enumerator's type. 7449 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 7450 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 7451 } 7452 7453 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 7454 Val, EnumVal); 7455} 7456 7457 7458Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 7459 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 7460 AttributeList *Attr, 7461 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 7462 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 7463 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 7464 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 7465 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 7466 7467 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 7468 // we find one that is. 7469 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 7470 7471 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 7472 // scope. 7473 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 7474 ForRedeclaration); 7475 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 7476 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 7477 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 7478 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 7479 PrevDecl = 0; 7480 } 7481 7482 if (PrevDecl) { 7483 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 7484 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 7485 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 7486 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 7487 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 7488 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7489 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 7490 else 7491 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 7492 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 7493 return 0; 7494 } 7495 } 7496 7497 // C++ [class.mem]p13: 7498 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 7499 // name different from T: 7500 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an enumerated 7501 // type 7502 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 7503 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 7504 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 7505 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 7506 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 7507 7508 EnumConstantDecl *New = 7509 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 7510 7511 if (New) { 7512 // Process attributes. 7513 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 7514 7515 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 7516 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 7517 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 7518 } 7519 7520 return New; 7521} 7522 7523void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 7524 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 7525 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 7526 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 7527 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 7528 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 7529 7530 if (Attr) 7531 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 7532 7533 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 7534 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7535 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7536 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7537 if (!ECD) continue; 7538 7539 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7540 } 7541 7542 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 7543 return; 7544 } 7545 7546 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7547 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7548 // emit a warning. 7549 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7550 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7551 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7552 7553 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7554 // reverse the list. 7555 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7556 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7557 7558 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7559 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7560 7561 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7562 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7563 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7564 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7565 7566 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7567 7568 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7569 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7570 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7571 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7572 else 7573 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7574 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7575 7576 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7577 if (AllElementsInt) 7578 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7579 } 7580 7581 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7582 QualType BestType; 7583 unsigned BestWidth; 7584 7585 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7586 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7587 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7588 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7589 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7590 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7591 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7592 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7593 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7594 QualType BestPromotionType; 7595 7596 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7597 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 7598 // enum definitions. 7599 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 7600 Packed = true; 7601 7602 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 7603 BestType = BestPromotionType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 7604 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 7605 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 7606 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 7607 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7608 } 7609 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 7610 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7611 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7612 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7613 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7614 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7615 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7616 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7617 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7618 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7619 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7620 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7621 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7622 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7623 } else { 7624 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7625 7626 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7627 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7628 } else { 7629 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7630 7631 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7632 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7633 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7634 } 7635 } 7636 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7637 } else { 7638 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7639 // all of the enumerator values. 7640 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7641 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7642 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7643 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7644 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7645 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7646 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7647 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7648 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7649 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7650 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7651 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7652 BestPromotionType 7653 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7654 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7655 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7656 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7657 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7658 BestPromotionType 7659 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7660 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7661 } else { 7662 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7663 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7664 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7665 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7666 BestPromotionType 7667 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7668 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7669 } 7670 } 7671 7672 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7673 // the type of the enum if needed. 7674 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7675 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7676 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7677 7678 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7679 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7680 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7681 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7682 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7683 7684 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7685 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7686 7687 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7688 // the enum decl type. 7689 QualType NewTy; 7690 unsigned NewWidth; 7691 bool NewSign; 7692 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7693 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7694 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7695 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7696 NewSign = true; 7697 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7698 // Already the right type! 7699 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7700 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7701 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7702 // enumeration. 7703 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7704 continue; 7705 } else { 7706 NewTy = BestType; 7707 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7708 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7709 } 7710 7711 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7712 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7713 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7714 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7715 7716 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7717 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7718 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7719 CK_IntegralCast, 7720 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7721 /*base paths*/ 0, 7722 VK_RValue)); 7723 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7724 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7725 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7726 // enumeration. 7727 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7728 else 7729 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7730 } 7731 7732 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7733 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7734} 7735 7736Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7737 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7738 7739 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7740 Loc, AsmString); 7741 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7742 return New; 7743} 7744 7745void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7746 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7747 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7748 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7749 7750 if (PrevDecl) { 7751 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7752 } else { 7753 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7754 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7755 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7756 } 7757} 7758 7759void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7760 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7761 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7762 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7763 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7764 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7765 LookupOrdinaryName); 7766 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7767 7768 if (PrevDecl) { 7769 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7770 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7771 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7772 } else { 7773 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7774 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7775 } 7776} 7777